WHX CORP
S-8, 1998-09-24
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: WATERS INSTRUMENTS INC, DEF 14A, 1998-09-24
Next: HARRIS CORP /DE/, 8-K, 1998-09-24



   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 1998
                                                   Registration No. 333-


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------
                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           The Securities Act of 1933
                             ----------------------
                                 WHX CORPORATION

          DELAWARE                                              13-3768097
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)


       110 EAST 59TH STREET                                      10022
       NEW YORK, NEW YORK                                      (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

                WHX CORPORATION 1997 DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
                1991 INCENTIVE AND NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
                       OF WHEELING-PITTSBURGH CORPORATION
                      HANDY & HARMAN 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
                            (Full title of the plan)


                                  RONALD LABOW
                              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                                 WHX CORPORATION
                              110 EAST 59TH STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                  (212)355-5200
          (Telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

                                 WITH A COPY TO:
          STEVEN WOLOSKY, ESQ., OLSHAN GRUNDMAN FROME & ROSENZWEIG LLP
            505 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022 (212) 753-7200

            Approximate date of proposed sales pursuant to the plan:
   FROM TIME TO TIME AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
================================================================================================================================
                                                               Proposed                 Proposed
                                                                maximum                  maximum
        Title of                     Amount                    offering                 aggregate               Amount of
       securities                     to be                      price                  offering              registration
    to be registered              registered(1)                per share                  price                    fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                         <C>                  <C>                      <C>         
Common Stock par
value, .01 per
share....................                 400,000(2)                $12.30(2)             $4,920,000(2)           $1,451.40(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock par
value, $.01 per
share....................               1,000,000(3)                $14.03(3)            $14,030,000(3)           $4,138.85(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock par
value, $.01 per
share....................                 500,000(4)                $12.50(4)             $6,250,000(4)           $1,843.75(4)
================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)      In addition,  pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933,
         this  Registration  Statement  also covers an  indeterminate  amount of
         interests  to be  offered  or sold  pursuant  to the  employee  benefit
         plan(s)  described  herein.  There  are  also  registered  hereby  such
         indeterminate  number of shares of Common Stock as may become  issuable
         by reason of the operation of the anti-dilution provisions of the plans
         and the options.

<PAGE>
(2)      Includes  150,000  shares with respect to which options were granted at
         an exercise  price of $11.8125 and 30,000  shares with respect to which
         options  were  granted at an exercise  price of $13.25.  An  additional
         220,000  shares are to be offered at prices not  presently  determined.
         Pursuant to Rule 457(h), the offering price for these additional shares
         is estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
         and is based on the $12.50 per share average high and low prices of the
         Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on September 21, 1998.
(3)      Includes  349,708  shares with respect to which options were granted at
         an exercise  price of  $16.625,  57,607  shares  with  respect to which
         options were granted at an exercise price of $13.8125 and 10,000 shares
         with  respect to which  options  were  granted at an exercise  price of
         $13.3125.  An additional 582,685 shares are to be offered at prices not
         presently  determined.  Pursuant to Rule 457(h), the offering price for
         these  additional  shares  is  estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of
         determining the  registration  fee and is based on the $12.50 per share
         average  high and low prices of the Common  Stock on the New York Stock
         Exchange on September 21, 1998.
(4)      Estimated  pursuant to Rule 457(h) solely for purposes of computing the
         registration  fee and is based on the $12.50 per share average high and
         low  prices  of the  Common  Stock on the New York  Stock  Exchange  on
         September 21, 1998.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 24, 1998

PROSPECTUS

                                1,900,000 SHARES

                                 WHX CORPORATION
                          Common Stock ($.01 par value)


         This  Prospectus  relates to the reoffer and resale by certain  selling
shareholders (the "Selling Shareholders") of shares (the "Shares") of the Common
Stock,  $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"),  of WHX Corporation (the "Company")
that may be issued by the Company to the Selling  Shareholders upon the exercise
of outstanding stock options granted pursuant to the 1997 Directors Stock Option
Plan (the "Directors Plan"),  the 1991 Incentive and Non-Qualified  Stock Option
Plan (the "1991  Plan") of the Company or pursuant to the Handy & Harman  401(k)
Retirement  Plan (the  "401(k)  Plan").  The offer and sale of the Shares to the
Selling  Shareholders  were  previously  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"). With respect to the Shares that may be
issued to any of the  Selling  Shareholders  or  additional  persons  who may be
deemed  affiliates  under the Directors Plan, the 1991 Plan and the 401(k) Plan,
this Prospectus also relates to certain Shares underlying options which have not
as of this date been granted. If and when such options are granted,  the Company
will  distribute a Prospectus  Supplement as required by the Act. The Shares are
being reoffered and resold for the account of the Selling  Shareholders  and the
Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale of the Shares.

         The Selling  Shareholders  have  advised the Company that the resale of
their Shares may be effected  from time to time in one or more  transactions  on
the New York Stock Exchange,  in negotiated  transactions or otherwise at market
prices prevailing at the time of the sale or at prices otherwise negotiated. See
"Plan of  Distribution."  The Company will bear all expenses in connection  with
the preparation of this Prospectus.

         The  Common  Stock of the  Company  is  traded  on the New  York  Stock
Exchange  under the symbol "WHX." On September  21, 1998,  the closing price for
the Common Stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was $12.625.

          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
            SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
            ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                  The date of this Prospectus is _______, 1998.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and in
accordance therewith files reports,  proxy statements and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").  Such reports,  proxy
statements  and other  information  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference facilities  maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549; Northwest Atrium Center, Suite 1400, 500
West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661; and Seven World Trade Center, 13th
Floor,  New York,  New York 10048.  Copies of such material can be obtained from
the Public  Reference  Section of the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



AVAILABLE INFORMATION........................................................4

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE..............................5

GENERAL INFORMATION..........................................................6

RISK FACTORS.................................................................6

USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................................12

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS........................................................12

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................................13

LEGAL MATTERS...............................................................13

EXPERTS.....................................................................13

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................................................13


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE


         The Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
31, 1997 and Form 10-Q for the  quarters  ended March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998
are  incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus  and shall be deemed to be a
part  hereof.  All  documents  subsequently  filed by the  Company  pursuant  to
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the termination
of this offering,  are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus
and  shall  be  deemed  to be a part  hereof  from the  date of  filing  of such
documents.

         The  description  of the  Company's  Common  Stock is  contained in the
Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-B filed June 24, 1994.

         The Company hereby  undertakes to provide without charge to each person
to whom a copy of this  Prospectus  has been  delivered,  on the written or oral
request of any such person,  a copy of any or all of the  documents  referred to
above which have been or may be  incorporated  in this  Prospectus by reference,
other than exhibits to such documents.  Written  requests for such copies should
be directed to Marvin Olshan, Secretary, WHX Corporation,  110 East 59th Street,
New York,  New York 10022.  Oral  requests  should be  directed to such  officer
(telephone number (212) 355-5200).

                            ------------------------

         No dealer,  salesman or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in this
Prospectus in connection with the offer made hereby, and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company or any Selling  Shareholder.  This Prospectus does not constitute
an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an offer to buy, the securities  offered
hereby to any person in any state or other  jurisdiction  in which such offer or
solicitation  is unlawful.  The delivery of this Prospectus at any time does not
imply that information  contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to
its date.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

         The Company is a holding  company that has been  structured  to acquire
and operate a diverse  group of  businesses  on a  decentralized  basis,  with a
corporate staff providing strategic direction and support. The Company's primary
businesses  currently are Handy & Harman  ("H&H"),  a diversified  manufacturing
company whose strategic  business segments  encompass,  among others,  specialty
wire and tubing,  and precious metals  plating,  stamping and  fabrication,  and
Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation ("WPC"), a vertically integrated manufacturer of
value-added  and flat rolled steel  products.  The  Company's  other  businesses
include  Unimast  Incorporated  ("Unimast"),  a  leading  manufacturer  of steel
framing and other products for commercial and residential  construction  and WHX
Entertainment  Corp.,  a co-owner  of a  racetrack  and video  lottery  facility
located in Wheeling, West Virginia. The Company believes that its businesses are
characterized by leading positions in their respective niches resulting from low
cost structures,  strong  managements,  high quality and service,  and extensive
offerings of value-added products. The Company's principal executive offices are
located  at 110 East  59th  Street,  New York,  New York  10022.  The  Company's
telephone number at such location is (212) 355-5200.

         The Shares  offered  hereby  were or will be  purchased  by the Selling
Shareholders  upon  exercise  of  options  granted  to them or are issued by the
Company  pursuant  to the  401(k)  Plan and will be sold for the  account of the
Selling Shareholders.

                                  RISK FACTORS

SIGNIFICANT OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company has substantial indebtedness and debt service requirements.
At June 30, 1998,  the  Company's  total  consolidated  indebtedness  was $987.3
million (excluding margin borrowings).  Additionally, the Company's subsidiaries
have   significant   additional   borrowing   capacity  under  their  respective
outstanding credit facilities.

         The Company's level of indebtedness will have several important effects
on its future operations,  including the following: (a) a significant portion of
the  Company's  cash flow from  operations  will be  dedicated to the payment of
interest on and  principal of its  indebtedness  and will not be  available  for
other purposes;  (b) the financial covenants and other restrictions contained in
the $350.0  million of 10 1/2%  Senior  Notes  issued by the Company on April 7,
1998,  the $275.0  million of 9 1/4% Senior  Notes issued by WPC on November 26,
1997 (the "WPC 9 1/4 Notes"),  the WPSC Revolving Credit Facility with Citibank,
N.A. which provides for borrowing for general corporate purposes of up to $150.0
million,  and with a $35.0  million  sublimit  for  letters of credit (the "WPSC
Revolving  Credit  Facility"),  a $50.0 million  letter of credit  facility with
Citibank, N.A. and a revolving credit facility between H&H and several financial
institutions  as lenders and Citibank,  N.A. as  administrative  agent(the  "H&H
Revolving Credit Facility"),  require the Company's subsidiaries and H&H, as the
case may be, to meet certain  financial  tests and limit its or their ability to
borrow  additional funds or to dispose of assets;  and (c) the Company's ability
to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, postretirement
health care and pension funding,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  general
corporate  purposes or other purposes may be impaired.  The Company's ability to
make scheduled  payments or to refinance its debt  obligations  will depend upon
its future  financial  and  operating  performance,  which will be  affected  by
prevailing  economic  conditions  and  financial,  business  and other  factors,
certain of which are  beyond its  control.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company's operating results,  cash flow and capital resources will be sufficient
for payment of its indebtedness in the future.  In the absence of such operating
results and resources, the Company could face substantial liquidity problems and
might be required to dispose of material  assets or  operations to meet its debt
service and

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
other obligations,  and there can be no assurance as to the timing of such sales
or the proceeds  that the Company could  realize  therefrom.  If the Company has
difficulty in servicing its indebtedness,  it may be forced to take actions such
as reducing or delaying  planned  expansion  and capital  expenditures,  selling
assets,  restructuring  or refinancing its  indebtedness  or seeking  additional
equity capital.  There can be no assurance that any of these strategies could be
effected on satisfactory terms, if at all.

         An  inability  of the  Company's  subsidiaries  to meet  the  financial
covenants  contained  in  their  indebtedness  instruments  could  result  in an
acceleration of amounts due thereunder.  In the event the Company's subsidiaries
are unable to make required  payments or otherwise  comply with the terms of its
indebtedness,  the holders of such indebtedness could accelerate the obligations
of the Company  thereunder,  which could  result in the Company  being forced to
seek protection under applicable bankruptcy laws or in an involuntary bankruptcy
proceeding  being brought against the Company.  If it becomes  necessary for the
Company  to  refinance  all or a  portion  of its  indebtedness  on or  prior to
maturity  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effect such
refinancing on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

         A portion of the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness,  including  all
borrowings under the WPSC Revolving  Credit  Facility,  the H&H Revolving Credit
Facility and the WPC Term Loan Agreement, bears interest at floating rates. As a
result,  the  Company's  results  of  operations  and  ability  to  service  its
indebtedness will be affected by future fluctuations in interest rates.

IMPACT OF STRIKE; RESUMPTION OF OPERATIONS

         WPC's ten-month strike, which ended in August 1997 (the "Strike"),  has
had a material  adverse effect on WPC's and the Company's  results of operations
and may  continue to  adversely  affect WPC and the Company for the near future.
The  Company  reported  losses  for the  fourth  quarter of 1996 and each of the
quarters of 1997 of $34.6 million,  $40.7 million,  $31.1 million, $91.4 million
and $36.5 million, respectively. Included in the losses for the third and fourth
quarters of 1997 are pre-tax  charges of $88.9 and $3.8  million,  respectively,
primarily associated with the costs attributable to the New Labor Agreement. The
Company  reported  net income for the first two quarters of 1998 of $1.1 million
and $14.1 million,  respectively,  and net income of $8.9 million for the second
quarter of 1998.  Although WPC is  currently  producing  and  shipping  near its
pre-Strike  production  levels  and  shipping  close  to its  historical  mix of
products, there can be no assurance that such levels will be maintained.

SENSITIVITY OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TO REALIZED STEEL PRICES

         The  Company's  results of  operations  are  significantly  affected by
relatively small variations (on a percentage basis) in the realized sales prices
of WPC's products,  which, in turn,  depend upon both the prevailing  prices for
steel and the demand for  particular  products.  During the first nine months of
1996, WPC shipped  approximately 1.9 million tons, and realized an average sales
price per ton of  approximately  $514.  A one percent  decrease in this  average
realized  price would have  resulted  in a decrease  in net sales and  operating
income  of  approximately  $9.8  million.  WPC  sells  approximately  75% of its
products at spot prices (including shipments to joint ventures Wheeling-Nisshin,
Inc. ("W- N") and Ohio Coatings Company ("OCC") under supply contracts at prices
approximating spot prices).  WPC believes its percentage of sales at spot prices
is  higher  than  that of  many  of its  domestic  integrated  competitors.  WPC
therefore  may be affected by steel price  decreases  more  quickly than many of
WPC's competitors.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>
POSSIBILITY OF MONETARY AND INJUNCTIVE PENALTIES IN CONNECTION WITH SEC
ENFORCEMENT ACTION

         On March 31,  1997,  the  Company  through SB  Acquisition  Corp.  ("SB
Acquisition"), a wholly-owned subsidiary, commenced a tender offer for shares of
Dynamics  Corporation of America,  Inc. ("DCA"), a NYSE-listed company. On April
14,  1997,  DCA  commenced  an action  against the Company in the United  States
District Court for the District of  Connecticut,  alleging,  among other things,
that the Company's  tender offer violated  Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act and
the rules thereunder (the "DCA Action").  The Company denied all allegations and
contested the action.  On April 29, 1997,  Judge Gerard L. Goettel of the United
States  District  Court,  District of  Connecticut,  issued an order  granting a
motion for a  preliminary  injunction  filed by DCA  against  the Company and SB
Acquisition.  The  District  Court found that the  disclosure  contained  in the
Company's tender offer materials to DCA shareholders was improper because (i) it
stated that under certain  circumstances the Company "may be required" to comply
with Section 912(b) of the New York Business  Corporation Law and a provision in
DCA's charter,  instead of disclosing  that the Company "will be required" to do
so and (ii) it failed to disclose the  Company's  future plans in the event that
it was prohibited  from merging with DCA for five years.  The Court (i) directed
the  Company and SB  Acquisition  to make  "further  and  complete  disclosures"
pertaining to those subjects described above and (ii) specified that such tender
offer be  extended  for an  additional  twenty  days.  This  order was  promptly
complied  with in all  respects  by WHX and SB  Acquisition.  The DCA Action was
later discontinued by stipulation between the parties.

         On April 8, 1997, the  Commission  entered an Order  Directing  Private
Investigation  concerning possible violations of Sections 14(d) and 14(e) of the
Exchange Act and Rules  14d-10(a)(1) and 14e-1(b)  thereunder in connection with
the  Company's  tender offer for DCA.  The Company  fully  cooperated  with this
investigation.  The Staff of the Division of Enforcement of the Commission  (the
"SEC Enforcement  Staff") has advised the Company's  counsel that the Commission
has authorized the initiation of administrative  proceedings seeking a cease and
desist  order  pertaining  to  alleged  violations  of Section  14(d)(4)  of the
Exchange Act and Rule 14d-10(a)(1) based on the Company's inclusion of a "record
holder  condition"  in the DCA tender offer.  This  condition was removed by the
Company  shortly  after the  tender  offer  began and after the  Commission  had
granted  authority to the SEC Enforcement Staff to seek injunctive  relief.  The
SEC Enforcement Staff also has advised the Company's counsel that the Commission
authorized  the  initiation of  administrative  proceedings  seeking a cease and
desist order and  disgorgement of profits,  pertaining to alleged  violations of
Section  14(d)(4)  of the  Exchange  Act and  Rules  14d-6(d)  and  14d-4(c)  in
connection with the Company's  closing of the DCA tender offer on June 13, 1997.
The SEC Enforcement Staff has asserted that the decision to close the DCA tender
offer and purchase  approximately 10% of DCA's outstanding shares was a material
change in the conditions of such offer,  including its "poison pill  condition,"
"New  York  Business  Corporation  Law  condition"  (NY BCL  Section912(b))  and
"interfering transaction condition," each of which was effected without adequate
notice to DCA shareholders.  According to the SEC Enforcement  Staff, the tender
offer's  conditions  precluded  the  Company  from  closing as long as (i) DCA's
"poison  pill"  remained  in  place,   even  if  the  Company   acquired  shares
insufficient  to  trigger  the  "poison  pill",   (ii)  the  New  York  Business
Corporation  Law condition  could affect the intended merger with DCA, and (iii)
DCA's merger agreement with another company, CTS Corporation, remained in place.

         On  June  25,  1998,  the  Commission   instituted  an   administrative
proceeding  against the Company alleging that it had violated certain Commission
rules in  connection  with the tender offer for DCA  commenced on March 31, 1997
through SB Acquisition Corp. (the "Offer").  Specifically, the Order instituting
Proceedings  (the "Order") alleges that, in its initial form, the Offer violated
the "All Holders Rule," Rule  14d-10(a)(1)  under the Exchange Act, based on the
Company's  inclusion of a "record holder condition" in the Offer. No shareholder
had

                                       -8-

<PAGE>
tendered any shares at the time the  condition  was removed.  The Order  further
alleges that the Company violated Rules 14d-4(c) and 14d-6(d) under the Exchange
Act upon expiration of the Offer, by allegedly  waiving  material  conditions to
the Offer without prior notice to shareholders and purchasing the  approximately
10.6% of DCA's  outstanding  shares tendered pursuant to the offer. The SEC does
not claim that the Offer was intended to or in fact defrauded any investor.

         The Order  institutes  proceedings to determine  whether the Commission
should  enter an order  requiring  the  Company  (a) to cease  and  desist  from
committing  or causing any future  violation  of the rules  alleged to have been
violated and (b) to pay  approximately  $1.3 million in disgorgement of profits.
The Company has filed an Answer denying any violations and seeking  dismissal of
the proceeding. Although there can be no assurance that an adverse decision will
not be rendered,  the Company  intends to  vigorously  defend  against the SEC's
charges.

JOINT VENTURE OBLIGATIONS

         WPC has certain commitments and contingent  obligations with respect to
the OCC joint venture including the following:  (i) WPC is required,  along with
Dong Yang Tinplate Ltd. ("Dong Yang"), to contribute  additional funds to OCC to
cover its pro rata share of any cost  overruns and working  capital needs of OCC
to the extent that OCC is unable to otherwise  finance such amounts (the Company
anticipates that its pro rata share of such funding  obligations will be between
$5.0  million  and $10.0  million  through  December  31,  1998) and (ii) WPC is
jointly and  severally  liable,  together  with Dong Yang, to contribute to OCC,
either as a loan or a capital  contribution,  amounts sufficient to cure certain
defaults  and  violations  of certain  financial  covenants  of OCC under  OCC's
borrowing facility if such violations should occur. The facility currently has a
maximum  availability  of $17.0  million.  OCC is  negotiating  to increase such
borrowing  facility  from  $17.0  million  to $20.0  million  and in  connection
therewith Dong Yang and WPC may agree to jointly and severally  guarantee all of
such obligations.

SUBSTANTIAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE REQUIREMENTS

         WPC operates in a capital intensive  industry.  From 1993 through 1997,
WPC's capital expenditures totalled  approximately $289.3 million. This level of
capital  expenditures  was  used  to  maintain  productive   capacity,   improve
productivity  and upgrade selected  facilities to meet competitive  requirements
and maintain  compliance with environmental laws and regulations,  including the
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. The Company anticipates that WPC will fund its
capital  expenditures  in  1998  from  cash on  hand,  funds  available  from an
agreement  to sell,  up to $75.0  million on a  revolving  basis,  an  undivided
percentage  ownership in a designated pool of accounts  receivable  generated by
WPC (the  "Receivables  Facility")  and the WPSC Revolving  Credit  Facility and
funds  generated by operations.  Prior to the resolution of the Strike,  WPC had
delayed most capital  expenditures at the  Strike-affected  plants.  The Company
anticipates that WPC's capital  expenditures will approximate  depreciation,  on
average,  over the next few years. There can be no assurance that the Company or
WPC will have  adequate  funds  from  operations  to make all  required  capital
expenditures  or  that  the  amount  of  future  capital  expenditures  will  be
commensurate with historical averages.

UNCERTAINTY OF IMPACT OF FUTURE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS; POSSIBILITY OF
STRIKES

         As of  December  31,  1997,  the United  Steelworkers  of America  (the
"USWA")  represented  approximately  73% of the Company's  employees.  In August
1997,  WPC and the USWA entered into the New Labor  Agreement,  which expires on
September 1, 2002.  There can be no assurance as to the results of  negotiations
of future collective bargaining agreements, whether future collective bargaining
agreements will be negotiated without  production  interruptions or the possible
impact of future collective bargaining agreements,  or the negotiations thereof,
on the

                                       -9-

<PAGE>
Company's financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, there can
be no assurance  that strikes  will not occur in the future in  connection  with
labor negotiations or otherwise.

TRANSACTIONS WITH SUBSIDIARIES

         WHX  and  WPC are  jointly  and  severally  obligated  to make  certain
payments to WPSC pursuant to the terms of a keepwell  agreement  entered into in
connection with the WPSC Revolving Credit Facility to maintain certain financial
ratios of WPSC.  WPC has agreed to  indemnify  WHX with  respect to any payments
made by WHX on account of WHX's obligations under such keepwell agreement.  From
time to  time,  there  may be  intercompany  indebtedness  between  WHX and WPC,
resulting from, among other things,  the Tax Sharing  Agreement  between WPC and
WHX (the "Tax  Sharing  Agreement"),  providing  for the  manner of  determining
payments with respect to federal  income tax  liabilities  and benefits  arising
during all periods in which it has been or will be a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
WHX.  To the  extent  WHX has net  liabilities  due WPC,  it may  ultimately  be
required to satisfy such  obligations.  If WPC is obligated to reimburse WHX for
keepwell  payments,  WPC's  obligation to repay such advances is subordinated to
the repayment obligations on the WPC 9 1/4% Notes.

CYCLICALITY

         Historically,  steel industry  performance has been cyclical in nature,
reflecting  changes in industry  capacity as well as the  cyclicality of many of
the  principal  markets it  serves,  including  the  automotive,  appliance  and
construction  industries.  Although total  domestic steel industry  capacity was
substantially  reduced  during the 1980s through  extensive  restructuring,  and
demand has been  particularly  strong since 1993,  with domestic  steel industry
earnings  strong during the  1994-1997  period,  there can be no assurance  that
demand will continue at current levels or that the addition of new minimills and
recent  restarts of  previously  idled  domestic  facilities  will not adversely
impact pricing and margins.

         Additionally, the business operations and profitability of H&H are also
affected by general  economic  conditions,  including the cyclicality of many of
the  principal  markets H&H serves,  including  the  automotive,  appliance  and
construction  industries.  A significant economic downturn could have a material
adverse impact on the profitability of H&H.

POSSIBLE FLUCTUATIONS IN THE COST OF RAW MATERIALS

         WPC's  operations  require   substantial   amounts  of  raw  materials,
including various types of iron ore pellets,  steel scrap,  coal, zinc,  oxygen,
natural gas and  electricity.  The price and availability of these raw materials
are subject to steel industry and general market conditions affecting supply and
demand. Furthermore,  worldwide competition in the steel industry has frequently
limited the  ability of steel  producers  to raise  finished  product  prices to
recover higher raw material costs.  WPC's future  profitability may be adversely
affected to the extent it is unable to pass on higher raw material  costs to its
customers.  In addition,  the Company owns a  substantial  inventory of precious
metals,  including gold, silver and palladium group metals,  the prices of which
fluctuate on a daily basis.  A significant  decline in the prices of some or all
of these metals  could have an adverse  impact on the  financial  results of the
Company.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>
COMPETITION

         The domestic steel industry is highly competitive.  Despite significant
reductions in raw steel production  capacity by major domestic  producers in the
1980s,  partially  offset by the recent  minimill  capacity  additions and joint
ventures,  the  domestic  industry  continues to be  threatened  by excess world
capacity.

         WPC  faces  increasing   competitive   pressures  from  other  domestic
integrated producers,  minimills and processors.  Processors compete with WPC in
the areas of slitting, cold rolling and coating. Minimills are generally smaller
volume  steel  producers  that use  ferrous  scrap  metals  as their  basic  raw
material. Compared to integrated producers,  minimills, which rely on less labor
and capital intensive steel production methods,  have certain advantages.  Since
minimills  typically are not unionized,  they have more flexible work rules that
have  resulted  in lower  employment  costs  per net ton  shipped.  Since  1989,
significant  flat  rolled  minimill  capacity  has been  constructed  and  these
minimills  now  compete  with   integrated   producers  in  product  areas  that
traditionally  have  not  faced  significant   competition  from  minimills.  In
addition,  there is significant  additional flat rolled minimill  capacity under
construction or announced with various planned  commissioning  dates in 1998 and
1999. Near term, these minimills and processors are expected to compete with WPC
primarily in the commodity  flat rolled steel  market.  In the  long-term,  such
minimills  and  processors  may also compete  with WPC in producing  value-added
products.  In addition,  the increased  competition in commodity product markets
may influence  certain  integrated  producers to increase  product  offerings to
compete with WPC's custom products.

         During  the  early  1990s,   the  domestic  steel  market   experienced
significant  increases in imports of foreign produced flat rolled products.  The
level of imports, however, after declining somewhat in late 1995 and early 1996,
increased in 1997. The strength of the U.S.  dollar and economy,  as well as the
strength of foreign economies,  can significantly affect the import/export trade
balance  for flat rolled  steel  products.  The status of the trade  balance may
significantly  affect the ability of the new  minimill  capacity to come on-line
without disrupting the domestic flat rolled steel market.

         Wheeling Corrugating and WPC's other fabricating  operations compete in
a large number of regional markets with numerous other  fabricating  operations,
most of which are independent of the major integrated manufacturers. Independent
fabricators  generally  are able to acquire  flat rolled steel  products,  their
basic raw material, at prevailing market prices. There are few barriers to entry
into the  manufacture  of  fabricated  products  in certain  individual  markets
currently served by Wheeling Corrugating (although the geographic breadth of the
markets  served  by  Wheeling  Corrugating  would be hard to  replicate).  Other
competitors,  including domestic integrated producers and minimills,  may decide
to manufacture  fabricated products and compete with Wheeling Corrugating in its
markets.  Such competition may negatively  affect prices that may be obtained in
certain  markets  by  WPC  for  its  fabricated   products.   Many  of  Wheeling
Corrugating's  competitors do not have a unionized workforce and, therefore, may
have lower operating costs than Wheeling Corrugating.

         Materials  such as  aluminum,  cement,  composites,  glass and plastics
compete as substitutes for steel in many markets.

COSTS OF COMPLYING WITH ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

         The  Company,  including  WPC,  and other steel  producers  have become
subject to increasingly  stringent  environmental  standards imposed by Federal,
state and local environmental laws and regulations. WPC has expended, and can be
expected  to be  required  to  expend in the  future,  significant  amounts  for
installation of environmental  control facilities,  remediation of environmental
conditions and other similar matters. The costs of complying with such stringent
environmental

                                      -11-

<PAGE>
standards as the new ambient air quality  standards  for ozone and PM2.5 as well
as the climate change treaty negotiations may cause WPC and other domestic steel
producers to be competitively  disadvantaged  vis-a-vis  foreign steel producers
and  producers  of  steel  substitutes,  who may be  subject  to less  stringent
standards.  WPC has also been identified as a potentially  responsible  party at
five  "Superfund"  sites and has been  alleged to be a  potentially  responsible
party at two other  "Superfund"  sites. The Superfund law imposes strict,  joint
and several liability upon potentially responsible parties.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  Company  will  receive  the  exercise  price of the  options  when
exercised  by the holders  thereof or the  issuance  of shares  under the 401(k)
Plan.  Such proceeds will be used for working  capital  purposes by the Company.
The Company will not receive any of the proceeds  from the reoffer and resale of
the Shares by the Selling Shareholders.

                              SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

         This  Prospectus  relates to the reoffer and resale of Shares issued or
that may be issued to the  Selling  Shareholders  under the 1997 Plan,  the 1991
Plan or the 401(K) Plan.

         The following table sets forth (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
owned by each  Selling  Shareholder  at  September  1, 1998,  (ii) the number of
Shares to be offered for resale by each Selling Shareholder and (iii) the number
and percentage of shares of Common Stock to be held by each Selling  Shareholder
after completion of the offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Number of shares of
                                                                                                      Common Stock/
                                              Number of shares of            Number of            Percentage of Class to
                                             Common Stock Owned at          Shares to be              be Owned After
                                                                            Offered for             Completion of the
                 Name                          September 1, 1998               Resale                  Offering(1)
- -----------------------------------      --------------------------     -----------------      --------------------------

<S>                                             <C>                        <C>                             <C>
Neil D. Arnold (2)                               26,666(3)                 30,000(10)                       26,666/*

Paul W. Bucha(5)                                 26,666(3)                 30,000(10)                       26,666/*

Robert A. Davidow(5)                            126,737(7)                 30,000(10)                      126,737/*

William Goldsmith(6)                             37,333(3)                 30,000(10)                       37,333/*

Marvin L. Olshan(5)                              38,333(7)                 30,000(10)                       38,333/*

Raymond S. Troubh(2)                             34,666(8)                 30,000(10)                       34,666/*

James G. Bradley(9)                                    0                   260,000(10)                           0/0
</TABLE>


*        Less than 1%.
(1)      Assumes that all Common Stock  offered by the Selling  Stockholders  is
         sold and that no other  shares of  Common  Stock  owned by the  Selling
         Stockholders are sold.
(2)      Has been a Director of the Company since 1992.
(3)      Consists of shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of options  presently
         exercisable or exercisable within 60 days hereof.
(4)      Has been a Director of the Company since 1993.  (5) Has been a Director
         of the Company since 1991. (6) Has been a Director of the Company since
         1987.
(7)      Consists of shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of options  presently
         exercisable or exercisable within 60 days hereof.
(8)      Consists of shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of options  presently
         exercisable or exercisable within 60 days hereof.
(9)      Has been  Executive  Vice  President of the Company and  President  and
         Chief Executive Officer of WPSC since April 1998.
(10)     Includes  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of options  which are not
         presently exercisable within 60 days hereof.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         It is anticipated that all of the Shares will be offered by the Selling
Shareholders  from time to time in the open market,  either  directly or through
brokers  or  agents,  or  in  privately  negotiated  transactions.  The  Selling
Shareholders  have  advised  the  Company  that  they  are  not  parties  to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding as to such sales.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the issuance of the Shares
offered hereby have been passed upon for the Company by Olshan  Grundman Frome &
Rosenzweig LLP, New York, New York 10022.  Marvin L. Olshan,  a member of Olshan
Grundman  Frome & Rosenzweig  LLP, is a director  and  secretary of the Company.
Marvin L. Olshan and other members of Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP own
shares of Common Stock and hold options to purchase Common Stock of the Company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial statements incorporated in this Registration Statement on
Form S-8 by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of WHX  Corporation  for
the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and  the  audited  historical  financial
statements  included within Item 7(a) of WHX Corporation's  Form 8-K dated April
14, 1998, have been audited by various  independent  accountants.  The companies
and periods covered by these audits are indicated in the individual accountants'
reports.  Such  financial  statements  have been so  included in reliance on the
reports of the various  independent  accountants  given on the authority of such
firms as experts in auditing and accounting.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission three
Registration Statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with respect to the
Shares offered hereby.  For further  information with respect to the Company and
the securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statements.
Statements  contained in this  Prospectus  as to the contents of any contract or
other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance,  reference is
made to the  copy of such  contract  or  document  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration Statements,  each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>
                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         The  following   documents  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the  "Commission")  are incorporated  herein by reference and made a
part hereof:

                  (a) The  Company's  annual  report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended December 31, 1997, as amended;

                  (b) The Company's quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the three
         months ended March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998; and

                  (c) The Company's  current  reports on Form 8-K dated June 22,
         1998, June 10, 1998, April 14, 1998 and March 31, 1998.

         The  description  of  the  Common  Stock  contained  in  the  Company's
Registration Statement on Form 8-B filed June 24, 1994.

         All  reports  and other  documents  subsequently  filed by the  Company
pursuant to Sections 13, 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, prior to the filing of a post-effective  amendment which indicates that
all securities offered hereby have been sold or which deregisters all securities
remaining unsold,  shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and to
be a part hereof from the date of the filing of such reports and documents.

ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

         Not applicable.


ITEM 5. INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

         Marvin Olshan, a member of Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP, is a
director  and  Secretary of the Company and owns 1,000 shares of Common Stock of
the  Company  and  options to purchase  70,000  shares of Common  Stock.  Steven
Wolosky,  also a member of Olshan  Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP, is Assistant
Secretary of the Company and holds  options to purchase  23,500 shares of Common
Stock.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

         The Company was incorporated in Delaware.  Article NINTH,  Section A of
the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provides as follows:

                  NINTH:  A.  A  director  of  the  Corporation   shall  not  be
         personally  liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary
         damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as a  director,  except  for
         liability (i) for any breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the
         Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
         faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
         law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law
         (the  "GCL"),  or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which  the  director
         derived  an  improper  personal  benefit.  If  the  GCL is  amended  to
         authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal
         liability  of  directors,  then  the  liability  of a  director  of the
         Corporation  shall be  eliminated  or  limited  to the  fullest  extent
         permitted by the GCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this
         Section A by the  stockholders of the  Corporation  shall not adversely
         affect any right or protection of a director of the

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
         Corporation  with respect to events occurring prior to the time of such
         repeal or modification.

         Article NINTH,  Section B of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
Company provides as follows:

                  B. (1) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened
         to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding,
         whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a
         "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom
         he or she is the legal representative is or was a director,  officer or
         employee of the  Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the
         Corporation  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of  another
         corporation  or  of  a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other
         enterprise,  including  service with respect to employee benefit plans,
         whether the basis of such  proceedings is alleged action in an official
         capacity  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent or in any other
         capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall
         be  indemnified  and held  harmless by the  Corporation  to the fullest
         extent  authorized  by the GCL as the same exists or may  hereafter  be
         amended  (but,  in the case of any such  amendment,  only to the extent
         that  such  amendment   permits  the  Corporation  to  provide  broader
         indemnification  rights  than said law  permitted  the  Corporation  to
         provide prior to such  amendment),  against all expense,  liability and
         loss (including attorney's fees,  judgments,  fines, ERISA excise taxes
         or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in  settlement)  reasonably
         incurred or suffered by such person in  connection  therewith  and such
         indemnification  shall  continue  as to a person who has ceased to be a
         director,  officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
         his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that
         except as provided in  paragraph  (2) of this Section B with respect to
         proceedings   seeking  to  enforce  rights  to   indemnification,   the
         Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking  indemnification in
         connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person
         only if such  proceeding  (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board
         of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred
         in this Section B shall be a contract right and shall include the right
         to be paid by the  Corporation  the expenses  incurred in defending any
         such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however,
         that if the GCL requires,  the payment of such  expenses  incurred by a
         director  or officer in his or her  capacity  as a director  or officer
         (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is rendered by
         such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation,
         service  to  an  employee   benefit  plan)  in  advance  of  the  final
         disposition  of a proceeding,  shall be made only under delivery to the
         Corporation  of an  undertaking  by or on  behalf of such  director  or
         officer,  to repay all amounts so advanced  if it shall  ultimately  be
         determined  that  such  director  or  officer  is  not  entitled  to be
         indemnified under this Section B or otherwise.

                  (2) If a claim under  paragraph  (1) of this  Section B is not
         paid in full by the  Corporation  within  thirty  days  after a written
         claim has been  received by the  Corporation,  the  claimant may at any
         time  thereafter  bring suit  against  the  Corporation  to recover the
         unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part,  the
         claimant  shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting
         such  claim.  It shall be a defense to any such  action  (other than an
         action  brought to enforce a claim for  expenses  incurred in defending
         any proceeding in advance of its final  disposition  where the required
         undertaking,  if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation)
         that the  Claimant has not met the  standards of conduct  which make it
         permissible under the GCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant
         for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be
         on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation  (including
         its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel

                                      II-2

<PAGE>
         or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement
         of such action that  indemnification  of the  claimant is proper in the
         circumstances  because  he or she has met the  applicable  standard  of
         conduct  set  forth  in the GCL,  nor an  actual  determination  by the
         Corporation  (including  its  Board  of  Directors,  independent  legal
         counsel or stockholders)  that the claimant has not met such applicable
         standard  of  conduct,  shall be a  defense  to the  action or create a
         presumption  that the claimant has not met the  applicable  standard of
         conduct.

                  (3) The right to  indemnification  and the payment of expenses
         incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final  disposition
         conferred  in this  Section B shall not be exclusive of any other right
         which any  person  may have or  hereafter  acquire  under any  statute,
         provision of the certificate of incorporation,  By-Law, agreement, vote
         of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

                  (4) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
         protect  itself and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the
         Corporation or another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust
         or other enterprise against any expense,  liability or loss, whether or
         not the  Corporation  would  have the power to  indemnify  such  person
         against such expense,  liability or loss under the General  Corporation
         Law of the State of Delaware.

                  (5) The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to
         time by the Board of Directors,  grant rights to  indemnification,  and
         rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending
         any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the
         Corporation  to the fullest  extent of the provisions of this Section B
         with  respect to the  indemnification  and  advancement  of expenses of
         directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

         See Item 9(c)  below for  information  regarding  the  position  of the
Commission  with respect to the effect of any  indemnification  for  liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides  as
follows:

                  (a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who
         was  or is a  party  or is  threatened  to  be  made  a  party  to  any
         threatened,  pending or completed action,  suit or proceeding,  whether
         civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative (other than action by
         or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or
         was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or
         was serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,
         employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
         trust or  other  enterprise,  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'
         fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in  settlement  actually and
         reasonably  incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit
         or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a manner the
         person  reasonably  believed  to be in  or  not  opposed  to  the  best
         interests of the corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action
         or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct
         was  unlawful.  The  termination  of any action,  suit or proceeding by
         judgment,  order,  settlement,  conviction  or  upon  a  plea  of  nolo
         contendere  or  its  equivalent,   shall  not,  of  itself,   create  a
         presumption  that the  person did not act in good faith and in a manner
         which the person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed to the
         best  interests of the  corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal
         action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person's
         conduct was unlawful.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                  (b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who
         was  or is a  party  or is  threatened  to  be  made  a  party  to  any
         threatened,  pending or completed  action or suit by or in the right of
         the  corporation  to procure a  judgment  in its favor by reason of the
         fact that the person is or was a director,  officer,  employee or agent
         of  the  corporation,  or is or  was  serving  at  the  request  of the
         corporation  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of  another
         corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
         against  expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
         incurred by the person in connection  with the defense or settlement of
         such  action or suit if the person  acted in good faith and in a manner
         the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed to the best
         interests of the corporation and except that no  indemnification  shall
         be made in  respect  of any  claim,  issue or matter  as to which  such
         person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless
         and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which
         such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application  that,
         despite  the   adjudication  of  liability  but  in  view  of  all  the
         circumstances  of the  case,  such  person  is  fairly  and  reasonably
         entitled to indemnity for such expenses  which the Court of Chancery or
         such other court shall deem proper.

                  (c) To the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent
         of a  corporation  has been  successful  on the merits or  otherwise in
         defense of any action,  suit or proceeding  referred to in  subsections
         (a) and (b) of this  section,  or in  defense  of any  claim,  issue or
         matter therein,  he shall be indemnified  against  expenses  (including
         attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably  incurred by him in connection
         therewith.

                  (d) Any indemnification  under subsections (a) and (b) of this
         section  (unless  ordered by a court) shall be made by the  corporation
         only as  authorized  in the  specific  case upon a  determination  that
         indemnification of the director,  officer,  employee or agent is proper
         in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard
         of conduct set forth in subsections  (a) and (b) of this section.  Such
         determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who
         are not parties to such action,  suit or  proceeding,  even though less
         than a  quorum,  or (2) if  there  are no  such  directors,  or if such
         directors so direct,  by independent legal counsel in a written opinion
         or (3) by the stockholders.

                  (e)  Expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred  by  an
         officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
         investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation
         in advance of the final disposition of such action,  suit or proceeding
         upon  receipt of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of such  director  or
         officer to repay such amount if it shall  ultimately be determined that
         he is not entitled to be indemnified  by the  corporation as authorized
         in this section.  Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
         other  employees  and  agents  may  be so  paid  upon  such  terms  and
         conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

                  (f) The  indemnification  and advancement of expenses provided
         by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall
         not be deemed  exclusive  of any other  rights to which  those  seeking
         indemnification  or  advancement  of expenses may be entitled under any
         bylaw,  agreement,  vote of stockholders or disinterested  directors or
         otherwise,  both as to action in his official capacity and as to action
         in another capacity while holding such office.

                  (g) A  corporation  shall have power to purchase  and maintain
         insurance  on behalf of any person who is or was a  director,  officer,
         employee  or  agent of the  corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the
         request

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
         of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
         corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
         against any liability  asserted  against him and incurred by him in any
         such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
         corporation  would  have  the  power  to  indemnify  him  against  such
         liability under this section.

                  (h)  For  purposes  of  this   section,   references  to  "the
         corporation" shall include,  in addition to the resulting  corporation,
         any   constituent   corporation   (including   any   constituent  of  a
         constituent)  absorbed  in a  consolidation  or  merger  which,  if its
         separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
         indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any
         person who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of such
         constituent  corporation,  or is or was  serving at the request of such
         constituent  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
         another  corporation,   partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other
         enterprise,  shall stand in the same  position  under this section with
         respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with
         respect to such constituent  corporation if its separate  existence had
         continued.

                  (i)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  references  to  "other
         enterprises"  shall  include  employee  benefit  plans;  references  to
         "fines"  shall  include  any excise  taxes  assessed  on a person  with
         respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the
         request of the  corporation"  shall  include any service as a director,
         officer,  employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on,
         or involves  services by, such director,  officer,  employee,  or agent
         with  respect  to  any  employee  benefit  plan,  its  participants  or
         beneficiaries;  and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he
         reasonably  believed  to be in the  interest  of the  participants  and
         beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted
         in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the  corporation"  as
         referred to in this section.

                  (j) The  indemnification  and advancement of expenses provided
         by, or granted  pursuant  to,  this  section  shall,  unless  otherwise
         provided when  authorized or ratified,  continue as to a person who has
         ceased to be a director,  officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
         the  benefit  of the  heirs,  executors  and  administrators  of such a
         person.

                  (k) The Court of  Chancery  is hereby  vested  with  exclusive
         jurisdiction  to hear and  determine  all  actions for  advancement  of
         expenses or  indemnification  brought  under this  section or under any
         bylaw, agreement,  vote of stockholders or disinterested  directors, or
         otherwise.   The  Court  of   Chancery   may   summarily   determine  a
         corporation's  obligation  to advance  expenses  (including  attorneys'
         fees).

         The Company  maintains a directors  and officers  insurance and company
reimbursement   policy.  The  policy  insures  directors  and  officers  against
unindemnified  loss arising from certain  wrongful acts in their  capacities and
reimburses  the  Company  for such  loss for  which  the  Company  has  lawfully
indemnified the directors and officers.  The policy contains various exclusions,
none of which relate to the offering hereunder.  The Company also has agreements
with its directors and officers providing for the indemnification  thereof under
certain circumstances.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>
ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

         Not applicable.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS

         *4(a)  -     Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company (Exhibit 3.2
                      to Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form S-4 filed
                      May 12, 1994) (Reg. No. 33-53591) (the "Merger Proxy")).

         *4(b)  -     Bylaws of the Company (Exhibit 3.4 to the Merger Proxy).

          4(c)  -     Handy & Harman's 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan.

         *4(d)  -     The Company's 1991 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option
                      Plan  (Exhibit   4(c))  to  the   Company's   Registration
                      Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Commission  (Reg. No.
                      33-53037).

          4(e)  -     Amendment  No.  3 to  the  Company's  1991  Incentive  and
                      Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.

          4(f)  -     The Company's 1997 Directors Stock Option Plan.

          5     -     Opinion of Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP.

         23(a)  -     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, independent public
                      accountants.

         23(b)  -     Consent  of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent  public
                      accountants.

    *24(b)  -         Consent  of  Olshan   Grundman   Frome  &  Rosenzweig  LLP
                      (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5).

         25     -     Powers of Attorney (included on page II-11).

- ------------------
         *   Indicates exhibits incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS.

         A.       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales
                           are being made,  a  post-effective  amendment to this
                           Registration Statement:

                           (i)      To  include  any   prospectus   required  by
                                    Section  10(a)(3) of the  Securities  Act of
                                    1933;

                           (ii)     To  reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or
                                    events  arising after the effective  date of
                                    the  Registration  Statement  (or  the  most
                                    recent  post-effective   amendment  thereof)
                                    which,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,
                                    represent  a   fundamental   change  in  the
                                    information  set  forth in the  Registration
                                    Statement;

                      (iii)         To include  any  material  information  with
                                    respect  to the  plan  of  distribution  not
                                    previously  disclosed  in  the  Registration
                                    Statement  or any  material  change  to such
                                    information in the Registration Statement;


                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                           provided, however, that paragraphs (i) and (ii) above
                           do  not  apply  if  the  information  required  to be
                           included  in  a  post-effective  amendment  by  those
                           paragraphs is contained in periodic  reports filed by
                           the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                           Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated
                           by reference in the Registration Statement;

                  (2)      That, for the purposes of  determining  any liability
                           under  the   Securities   Act  of  1933,   each  such
                           post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
                           registration  statement  relating  to the  securities
                           offered therein,  and the offering of such securities
                           at that time shall be deemed to be the  initial  bona
                           fide offering thereof; and

                  (3)      To   remove   from   registration   by   means  of  a
                           post-effective  amendment any of the securities being
                           registered  that remain unsold at the  termination of
                           the offering.

         B.       The  undersigned   registrant   hereby  undertakes  that,  for
                  purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
                  of  1933,  each  filing  of  the  registrant's  annual  report
                  pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
                  Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee
                  benefit plan's annual report  pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
                  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  that is  incorporated  by
                  reference in this Registration Statement shall be deemed to be
                  a  new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities
                  offered  therein,  and the offering of such securities at that
                  time  shall be deemed  to be the  initial  bona fide  offering
                  thereof.

         C.       Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the
                  Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers
                  and  controlling  persons of the  registrant  pursuant  to the
                  foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant has been
                  advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
                  Commission  such  indemnification  is against public policy as
                  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933 and is,  therefore,
                  unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for  indemnification
                  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by the
                  registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
                  or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the  successful
                  defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
                  director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
                  securities being  registered,  the registrant will,  unless in
                  the opinion of its  counsel  the matter has been  settled by a
                  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
                  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it
                  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
                  1933 and will be  governed by the final  adjudication  of such
                  issue.

         D.       The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to deliver or
                  cause to be delivered with the  prospectus,  to each person to
                  whom  the   prospectus  is  sent  or  given,  a  copy  of  the
                  registrant's  latest  annual  report to  stockholders  that is
                  incorporated  by reference  in the  prospectus  and  furnished
                  pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule
                  14c-3 under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934;  and, where
                  interim  financial  information  required to be  presented  by
                  Article  3  of  Regulation   S-X  is  not  set  forth  in  the
                  prospectus,  to  deliver,  or  cause to be  delivered  to each
                  person to whom the  prospectus  is sent or given,  the  latest
                  quarterly   report  that  is   specifically   incorporated  by
                  reference in the prospectus to provide such interim  financial
                  information.

                                      II-7

<PAGE>
         E.       The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  that  it has
                  submitted the plan and any amendments  thereto to the Internal
                  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  in a timely  manner and has made or
                  will make all changes  required by the IRS in order to qualify
                  the plan.

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of New  York,  State of New  York,  on this 21st day of
September, 1998.

                                       WHX CORPORATION


                                       /S/ RONALD LABOW
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Ronald LaBow, Principal Executive Officer

                       POWER OF ATTORNEYS AND SIGNATORIES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities  and on the date  indicated.  Each of the  undersigned  officers  and
directors of the Registrant  hereby  constitutes  and appoints  Ronald LaBow and
Marvin Olshan, and each of them singly, as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents with full power of substitution and  resubstitution,  for him in his name
in  any  and  all  capacities,   to  sign  any  and  all  amendments  (including
post-effective  amendments) to this Registration Statement and to file the same,
with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission and to prepare any and all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection  therewith,  and to make any applicable  state
securities  law or blue sky filings,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary  to be done to enable the  Registrant  to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and all  requirements  of
the Securities and Exchange Commission,  as fully to all intents and purposes as
he might or could do in person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or their substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


     SIGNATURE                       TITLE                        DATE
     ---------                       -----                        ----


/S/ RONALD LABOW           Director (Principal Executive     September 21, 1998
- ----------------------     Officer)
Ronald LaBow


/S/ ARNOLD NANCE           (Principal Financial Officer      September 21, 1998
- ----------------------     and Principal Accounting
Arnold Nance               Officer)




/S/ NEIL D. ARNOLD         Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
Neil D. Arnold



/S/ PAUL W. BUCHA          Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
Paul W. Bucha



                                      II-8

<PAGE>






/S/ ROBERT A. DAVIDOW      Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
Robert A. Davidow



/S/ WILLIAM GOLDSMITH      Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
William Goldsmith



/S/ MARVIN OLSHAN          Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
Marvin Olshan



/S/ RAYMOND S. TROUBH      Director                          September 21, 1998
- ----------------------
Raymond S. Troubh







                                      II-9

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the
members of the Handy & Harman  Savings Plan  Administrative  Committee have duly
caused  this  Registration   Statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of New York, State of New
York, on this 23rd day of September, 1998.





                                                      /S/ PAUL E. DIXON
                                                      -----------------
                                                      Paul E. Dixon


================================================================================
                           T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
                             401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  This  Handy  &  Harman  Savings  Plan  is  the
                                  continuation  of the  Handy & Harman  Employee
                                  Stock Purchase Plan as heretofore  amended and
                                  restated  effective January 1, 1987 and now as
                                  amended and restated effective May 1, 1991.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.    PLAN DATA.                  NA (a) New Plan.
      (Fill out (a) or (b) 
      and (c), (d), (e) and (f)          (1) The name of the Plan and Trust 
                                             shall be ___________________

                                         (2) The Effective  Date of the Plan and
                                             Trust is:  (Should be the first day
                                             of the Plan  Year in which the Plan
                                             is adopted).

                                         (3) The Plan Year End is  ____________,
                                             the   Limitation    Year   End   is
                                             __________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     (b) Amended and Restated Plan.

                                         (1) Name  of   Plan:   HANDY  &  HARMAN
                                             SAVINGS PLAN

                                         (2) Date Adopted:   DECEMBER 22, 1983

                                             Effective Date: JANUARY 1, 1983

                                         (3) Effective Date of Amended Plan: 
                                             MAY 1, 1991

                                         (4) The  Plan  Year End is  12/31,  the
                                             Limitation   Year   End  is   12/31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (c) Employer shall mean:

                                          Employer shall also mean the following
                                          Employer(s)  associated under sections
                                          414(b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the Code:

                                          HANDY & HARMAN, EACH CORPORATION AS TO
                                          WHICH HANDY & HARMAN IS THE SUCCESSOR,
                                          AND ANY  OTHER  CORPORATION  MORE THAN
                                          50% OF WHOSE OUTSTANDING  VOTING STOCK
                                          IS OWNED,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY,  BY
                                          HANDY & HARMAN.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (d) Employer's  Taxable Year End: 
                                          DECEMBER 31, ___________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (e) Employer's    Tax   ID#:    13-5129420
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (f) The   Employer  is:  /X/  a  corporate
                                          entity / /a non-corporate  entity / /a
                                          corporation   electing   Subchapter  S
                                          treatment.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.    ELIGIBILITY.                NOTE: If the year(s) of service selected is or
      (Plan Section 2.2)                includes a fractional (Plan Section 2.2)
                                        year,  an employee  will not be required
                                        to  complete  any  specified  number  of
                                        hours of service  to receive  credit for
                                        such fractional year.

                                  (a)  All   Employees   shall  be  eligible  to
                                       participate  in this  Plan in  accordance
                                       with the  provisions of Article II of the
                                       Plan, except the following:

                                       / /   Employees who have not attained age
                                             21;

                                       /X/   Employees  who have not completed 3
                                             months (not to exceed 12 months) of
                                             service;

                                       / /   Employees  who have  not  completed
                                             one (1) Year of Service.

                                       /X/   Employees  included  in a  unit  of
                                             Employees  covered by a  collective
                                             bargaining agreement, if retirement
                                             benefits  were the  subject of good
                                             faith   bargaining    between   the
                                             Employer        and        Employee
                                             representatives.           Employee
                                             representatives  do not include any
                                             organization   more  than  half  of
                                             whose members are Employees who are
                                             owners,  officers, or executives of
                                             the Employer;

                                      /X/    Employees   who   are   nonresident
                                             aliens  and who  receive  no earned
                                             income  from  the  Employer   which
                                             constitutes   income  from  sources
                                             within the United States.

                                      / /    Employees included in the following
                                             job classifications:

                                             / / Hourly Employees

                                             / / Salaried Employees

                                      /X/    Employees    of    the    following
                                             Employers  under  sections  414(b),
                                             414(c) or 414(m) of the Code:

                                             BIGELOW   COMPONENTS    CORPORATION
                                             (#22-1599735)

                                  Note:  If  no  entries  are  made  above,  all
                                         Employees    shall   be   eligible   to
                                         participate  in the Plan on the earlier
                                         of the Effective Date or the Entry Date
                                         coincident  with or next following date
                                         of                          employment.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                         -2-
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (b)  The Entry Dates shall be:  (Plan  Section
                                       1.21)

                                       (1)  /X/ The  first  day of the Plan Year
                                                and the first day of the seventh
                                                (7th) month in the Plan Year;

                                       (2)  / / The  first  day of the Plan Year
                                                and the first day of each  month
                                                thereafter.

                                       (3)  / / The  first day of each Plan Year
                                                and the first day of each  month
                                                thereafter.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.    CREDITING OF                (a)  Service shall be credited based on the 
      SERVICE.                         following method (Choose(1) or (2)):
      (Plan Section 2.3)
                                       (1) / /  HOURS OF  SERVICE  - Under  this
                                                method, a "Year of Service" is a
                                                12   consecutive   month  period
                                                during    which   the   employee
                                                completes  at least 1,000 hours.
                                                Hours   of   Service   will   be
                                                determined  on the  basis of the
                                                method selected below.  Only one
                                                method  may  be  selected.   The
                                                method  selected will be applied
                                                to all  employees  covered under
                                                the plan.

                                           (i)  /  /   On the  basis  of  actual
                                                       hours    for   which   an
                                                       employee   is  unpaid  or
                                                       entitled to payment.

                                           (ii) /  /   On  the   basis  of  days
                                                       worked.  An employee will
                                                       be credited with ten (10)
                                                       hours of service if under
                                                       Section  1.25 of the Plan
                                                       such  employee  would  be
                                                       credited  with  at  least
                                                       one (1)  hour of  service
                                                       during the day.

                                           (iii /  /   On  the  basis  of  weeks
                                                       worked.  An employee will
                                                       be     credited      with
                                                       forty-five  (45) hours of
                                                       service if under  Section
                                                       1.25  of  the  Plan  such
                                                       employee     would     be
                                                       credited  with  at  least
                                                       one (1)  hour of  service
                                                       during the week.

                                           (iv) /   /  On    the     basis    of
                                                       semimonthly       payroll
                                                       periods. An employee will
                                                       be     credited      with
                                                       ninety-five (95) hours of
                                                       service if under  Section
                                                       1.25  of  the  Plan  such
                                                       employee     would     be
                                                       credited  with  at  least
                                                       one (1)  hour of  service
                                                       during  the   semimonthly
                                                       payroll period.

                                           (v)  /  /   On the  basis  of  months
                                                       worked.  An employee will
                                                       be   credited   with  one
                                                       hundred    ninety   (190)
                                                       hours of service if under
                                                       Section  1.25 of the Plan
                                                       such  employee  would  be
                                                       credited  with  at  least
                                                       one (1)  hour of  service
                                                       during     the     month.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       -3-
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       (2) /X/  Elapsed Time. Under this method,
                                                Service is  measured  from --- -
                                                date  of  employment  to date of
                                                termination   and  a  Period  of
                                                Service shall include any Period
                                                of  Severance  of  less  than 12
                                                consecutive    months.     (Plan
                                                Section 1.15)

                                           (b)  Service     with     Predecessor
                                                Employer. (Plan Section 2.3)

                                                (1) /X/ No credit  will be given
                                                        for   services   with  a
                                                        predecessor Employer; or

                                                (2) / / Credit will be given for
                                                        service     with     the
                                                        following    predecessor
                                                        Employer:

                                       Note:    The plan  provides that if this
                                                is   a   continuation    of   a
                                                Predecessor Plan, Service under
                                                the  Predecessor  Plan  must be
                                                counted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.      COMPENSATION.             (a)   Compensation   will   mean  all  of  
        (Plan Section 1.9)              each Participant's 

                                        /X/   W-2 earnings

                                        / /   compensation  (as  that  term is
                                              defined in section  415(c)(3) of
                                              the Code) which is actually paid
                                              to the Participant during

                                        /X/   the Plan Year

                                        / /   the taxable  year ending with or
                                              within the Plan Year

                                        / /   the limitation  year ending with
                                              or within the Plan Year,

                                  (b)   Compensation

                                        /X/   shall include

                                        / /   shall not include

                                       Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
                                       salary reduction  agreement which are not
                                       includible  in the  gross  income  of the
                                       Employee under  sections 125,  402(a)(8),
                                       402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.    CALENDAR YEAR               The Employer may elect to use the calendar 
      ELECTION FOR                year to determine whether an Employee is a 
      DETERMINING                 Highly Compensated Employee in the look-back 
      HIGHLY                      year (as determined in Treasury Regulations 
      COMPENSATED                 under section 414(q) of the Code) calculation.
      EMPLOYEE.                   The calendar year used will be the calendar 
      (Plan Section 1.24)         year ending with or within the determination 
                                  year  (as  defined  in the  regulations  under
                                  section 414(q) of the Code). The determination
                                  year  shall  be the  months  (if  any)  in the
                                  current  Plan Year  which end of the  calendar
                                  look-back year. If the Employer elects to make
                                  the calendar  year  calculation  election with
                                  respect  to any Plan,  entity or  arrangement,
                                  such  election  must apply with respect to all
                                  plans,   entities  and   arrangements  of  the
                                  Employer.

                                  /X/  Employer  elects to use the calendar year
                                       to  determine  whether an  Employee  is a
                                       Highly   Compensated   Employee   in  the
                                       look-back year.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.    CONTRIBUTIONS.              Note:   Employer Contributions,   Elective  
      (Choose (a), (b),                   Deferrals and Matching Contributions  
      (c), (d) and/or (e)):               in the aggregate may not exceed 15% of
                                          all Participants' Compensation.

                                  (a) /X/ Discretionary Employer  Contributions.
                                          (Plan Section 3.2(b))

                                          The  Employer  may  contribute  to the
                                          Plan   each   year   such   amount  as
                                          determined by Employer resolution.  If
                                          no resolution  is adopted,  then 0% of
                                          Participants' Compensation.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (b) /X/ Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

                                      (1) The Employer  (Choose  one):  /X/ will
                                          make  /  /  will  not  make  Qualified
                                          Non-Elective   Contributions   to  the
                                          Plan.  If the Employer  does make such
                                          contributions  to the  Plan,  then the
                                          amount of such  contributions for each
                                          Plan Year shall be (Choose one):

                                          (i)   / /  ____%  (not to exceed  15%)
                                                     of the  Compensation of all
                                                     Participants   eligible  to
                                                     share in the allocation.

                                          (ii)  / /  ____%  of the net  profits,
                                                     but in no event  more  than
                                                     [$______]   for  any   Plan
                                                     Year.

                                          (iii) /X/  An amount determined by the
                                                     Employer.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (2) Allocation  of Qualified  Non-Elective
                                          Contributions  shall  be  made  to the
                                          accounts of (Choose one):

                                          (i)   / /  All Participants.

                                          (ii)  /X/  Only Non-Highly Compensated
                                                     Participants.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       -5-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (3) Allocation  of Qualified  Non-Elective
                                          Contributions  shall  be made  (Choose
                                          one):

                                          (i)   /X/  In  the  ratio  which  each
                                                     Participant's  Compensation
                                                     for the Plan Year  bears to
                                                     the total  Compensation  of
                                                     all  Participants  for such
                                                     Plan Year.

                                          (ii)  /  / In  the  ratio  which  each
                                                     Participant's  Compensation
                                                     not in excess  of  [$_____]
                                                     for the Plan Year  bears to
                                                     the total  Compensation  of
                                                     all   Participants  not  in
                                                     excess of [$____]  for such
                                                     Plan year.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (c) /X/ Elective Deferrals. (Choose (1) and/or
                                          (2):

                                  NA  (1) CASH OR DEFERRED OPTION. (Plan Section
                                          3.1(b)) Choose (i) and/or (ii)):

                                          (i)   / /  The   Employer   may   make
                                                     Discretionary      Employer
                                                     Contributions  to the  Plan
                                                     in    such     amount    as
                                                     determined    by   Employer
                                                     Resolution.      If      no
                                                     resolution is adopted, then
                                                     ___%  of  a   Participant's
                                                     Compensation. A Participant
                                                     may elect to receive __% of
                                                     his allocable share of such
                                                     contributions  in  cash  or
                                                     defer such amount under the
                                                     Plan.

                                          (ii)  / /  A   Participant   may  base
                                                     Elective  Deferrals on cash
                                                     bonuses    that,   at   the
                                                     Participant's election, may
                                                     be   received  in  cash  or
                                                     deferred  under  the  Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (2) Salary   Deferrals.    (Plan   Section
                                          3.1(a))  (Choose  (i),  and/or (ii) or
                                          (iii)):

                                          (i)   /X/  A Participant  may elect to
                                                     defer  an  amount   not  in
                                                     excess of 10% of his or her
                                                     compensation  in accordance
                                                     with  a  salary   reduction
                                                     agreement  signed  by  such
                                                     Participant.

                                          (ii)  / /  A Participant  may elect to
                                                     defer  an  amount   not  in
                                                     excess  of $_____ of his or
                                                     her     compensation     in
                                                     accordance  with  a  salary
                                                     reduction  agreement signed
                                                     by such Participant.

                                          (iii) / /  A Participant  may elect to
                                                     defer  an  amount   not  in
                                                     excess   of   $7,000,    as
                                                     adjusted for cost of living
                                                     increases    pursuant    to
                                                     regulations  prescribed  by
                                                     the    Secretary   of   the
                                                     Treasury    under   section
                                                     415(d) of the Code,  of his
                                                     or  her   compensation   in
                                                     accordance  with  a  salary
                                                     reduction  agreement signed
                                                     by such Participant.

                                  NOTE:  A    Participant's    total    Elective
                                         Deferrals   during  any  calendar  year
                                         shall not exceed  $7,000  (as  adjusted
                                         for cost-of-living increases as defined
                                         in      Plan       Section       1.10).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       -6-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (d) /X/ Employer Matching Contributions.  
                                          (Plan Section 3.2(a))

                                      (1) The  Employer   shall  make   Matching
                                          Contributions to the Plan on behalf of
                                          (Choose (i) or (ii), and/or (iii)):

                                          (i)  /X/  All  Participants  who  make
                                                    Elective Deferrals;

                                          (ii) / /  All   Participants  who  are
                                                    Non-Highly       Compensated
                                                    Employees   and   who   make
                                                    Elective Deferrals;

                                          (iii / /  All  Participants  who  make
                                                    Voluntary           Employee
                                                    Contributions     (after-tax
                                                    contributions).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (2) Matching Contributions will be (Choose
                                          (i) or (ii)):

                                          (i)  /X/  Nonforfeitable when made;

                                          (ii) / /  Subject   to  the   vesting
                                                    schedule    applicable   to
                                                    Employer      Contributions
                                                    other     than     Elective
                                                    Deferrals   and   Qualified
                                                    Non-Elective Contributions.

                                      (3) The  Employer  shall   contribute  and
                                          allocate    to   each    Participant's
                                          Matching   Contributions   Account  an
                                          amount  equal to  (Choose  (i)  and/or
                                          (ii)):

                                          (i)  /X/  50%  of  the   Participant's
                                                    Elective Deferrals.

                                          (ii) / /  __%  of  the   Participant's
                                                    Employee Contributions.

                                          The Employer  shall not match  amounts
                                          provided above in excess of [$N/A], or
                                          in excess of [2]% of the Participant's
                                          Compensation.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      N/A (e) Qualified Matching Contributions.

                                          (1)  The Employer will make  Qualified
                                               Matching   Contributions  to  the
                                               Plan on behalf of (Choose one):

                                               (i)  / /  all Participants

                                               (ii) / /  all   Participants  who
                                                         are          Non-Highly
                                                         Compensated   Employees
                                                         who make (Choose one or
                                                         both):

                                               (i)  / /  Elective Deferrals;

                                               (ii) / /  Voluntary      Employee
                                                         Contributions   to  the
                                                         Plan.



                                       -7-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (2)  The  Employer  shall  contribute
                                               and     allocate     to     each
                                               Participant's Qualified Matching
                                               Contributions  Account an amount
                                               equal to (Choose  one (i) and/or
                                               (ii)):

                                               (i)   / / ___% of the 
                                                         Participant's Elective 
                                                         Deferrals;

                                               (ii)  / / ___%  of  the  
                                                         Voluntary Employee 
                                                         Contributions.

                                          The Employer  shall not match  amounts
                                          provided  above in excess of  [$____],
                                          or  in  excess  of   [____]%   of  the
                                          Participant's Compensation.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (f)  Voluntary Employee Contributions
                                               (Plan  Section  3.3) (Choose (1)
                                               or (2)):

                                               (1)  /  / A Participant may make
                                                         Voluntary     Employee
                                                         Contributions  to  the
                                                         Plan  for a Plan  Year
                                                         not in  excess of ___%
                                                         of Compensation.

                                               (2)  /X/  Voluntary     Employee
                                                         Contributions    shall
                                                         not be permitted.

                                          NOTE:  If  the   Employer   wishes  to
                                                 utilize      Recharacterization
                                                 (3.7(e)), he must choose option
                                                 (1).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (g)  Contributions  Made  Out  of Net
                                               Profits   (Plan   Section   3.4)
                                               (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                               (1)  /X/  The Employer shall make
                                                         all   contributions  to
                                                         the Plan without regard
                                                         to      current      or
                                                         accumulated    earnings
                                                         and   profits  for  the
                                                         taxable   year   ending
                                                         with or within the Plan
                                                         Year.

                                               (2)  / /  The Employer shall make
                                                         all   contributions  to
                                                         the Plan to the  extent
                                                         such    Employer    has
                                                         current or  accumulated
                                                         earnings   and  profits
                                                         for  the  taxable  year
                                                         ending  with or  within
                                                         the Plan Year.

                                     N/A  (h)  Pursuant  to  Section  13.1(b) of
                                               the Plan,  an Employer  may amend
                                               the Plan to add such  language as
                                               is   necessary  to  satisfy  Code
                                               sections 415 and 416.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -8-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (i)  Actual Deferral  Percentage Test.
                                               (Plan Section 3.7)

                                               (1) Qualified            Matching
                                                   Contributions  and  Qualified
                                                   Non-Elective    Contributions
                                                   may be taken into  account as
                                                   Elective     Deferrals    for
                                                   purposes of  calculating  the
                                                   Actual Deferral  Percentages.
                                                   In    determining    Elective
                                                   Deferrals  for the purpose of
                                                   the ADP  test,  the  Employer
                                                   shall  include  (Choose,   as
                                                   appropriate):

                                                   (i) /X/ Qualified Matching 
                                                           Contributions;

                                                   (ii)/X/ Qualified Non-
                                                           Elective 
                                                           Contributions

                                                   under this Plan or any other
                                                   plan  of  the  Employer,  as
                                                   provided   by    regulations
                                                   under the Code.

                                               (2) The   amount  of   Qualified
                                                   Matching  Contributions made
                                                   under Section  3.2(d) of the
                                                   Plan and taken into  account
                                                   as  Elective  Deferrals  for
                                                   purposes of calculating  the
                                                   Actual Deferral  Percentage,
                                                   subject    to   such   other
                                                   requirements   as   may   be
                                                   prescribed  by the Secretary
                                                   of the Treasury, shall be:

                                                   (i) / / all  such  Qualified
                                                           Matching 
                                                           Contributions.

                                                   (ii)/X/ such  Qualified
                                                           Matching
                                                           Contributions   that
                                                           are  needed  to meet
                                                           the Actual  Deferral
                                                           Percentage      test
                                                           stated  in   Section
                                                           3.7 of the Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (3) The   amount  of   Qualified
                                                   Non-Elective   Contributions
                                                   made under Section 3.7(f) of
                                                   this  Plan  and  taken  into
                                                   account     as      Elective
                                                   Deferrals    for    purposes
                                                   calculating    the    Actual
                                                   Deferral Percentage, subject
                                                   to such  other  requirements
                                                   as may be  prescribed by the
                                                   Secretary  of the  Treasury,
                                                   shall be:

                                                   (i) / / all  such  Qualified
                                                           Non-Elective 
                                                           Contributions.

                                                   (ii)/X/ Such  Qualified
                                                           Non-Elective
                                                           Contributions   that
                                                           are  needed  to meet
                                                           the Actual  Deferral
                                                           Percentage      test
                                                           stated  in   Section
                                                           3.7 of the Plan.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       -9-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (j)  Actual  Contribution   Percentage
                                               Test. (Plan Section 3.8)

                                               (1) In  computing   the  Average
                                                   Contribution Percentage, the
                                                   Employer   shall  take  into
                                                   account   and   include   as
                                                   Contribution      Percentage
                                                   Amounts:

                                                   (i)  /X/ Elective Deferrals;

                                                   (ii) /X/ Qualified 
                                                            Non-Elective 
                                                            Contributions

                                               under this Plan or any other plan
                                               of the  Employer,  as provided by
                                               regulations.

                                               (2) The   amount  of   Qualified
                                                   Non-Elective   Contributions
                                                   that are made under  Section
                                                   3.7(f)   of  this  Plan  and
                                                   taken   into    account   as
                                                   Contribution      Percentage
                                                   Amounts   for   purposes  of
                                                   calculating    the   Average
                                                   Contribution     Percentage,
                                                   subject    to   such   other
                                                   requirements   as   may   be
                                                   prescribed  by the Secretary
                                                   of the Treasury, shall be:

                                                   (i) / / All  such  Qualified
                                                           Non-Elective 
                                                           Contributions.

                                                   (ii)/X/ Such  Qualified
                                                           Non-Elective
                                                           Contributions   that
                                                           are  needed  to meet
                                                           the          Average
                                                           Contribution
                                                           Percentage      test
                                                           stated  in   Section
                                                           3.8 of the Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (3) The   amount   of   Elective
                                                   Deferrals made under Section
                                                   3.1 of the  Plan  and  taken
                                                   into account as Contribution
                                                   Percentage    Amounts    for
                                                   purposes of calculating  the
                                                   Average         Contribution
                                                   Percentage,  subject to such
                                                   other requirements as may be
                                                   prescribed  by the Secretary
                                                   of the Treasury, shall be:

                                                   (i)  / / All  such  Elective
                                                            Deferrals.

                                                   (ii) /X/ Such        Elective
                                                            Deferrals  that  are
                                                            needed  to meet  the
                                                            Average Contribution
                                                            Percentage      test
                                                            stated  in   Section
                                                            3.8 of the Plan.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -10-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.    ALLOCATION OF               NOTE:  Discretionary   Employer  Contributions
      EMPLOYER                           shall be allocated  to a  Participant's
      CONTRIBUTIONS                      account in the same  proportion as such
                                         Participant's Compensation bears to the
                                         Compensation of all participants. (Plan
                                         Section  3.2(b)  (Choose  (a),  (b)  or
                                         (c)):

                                         (a) / / A Participant shall be eligible
                                                 to   share   in   Discretionary
                                                 Employer  Contributions for the
                                                 Plan Year only if he:

                                                (1) retires,  dies,  or  becomes
                                                    totally   and    permanently
                                                    disabled; or

                                                (2) completes   1,000  Hours  of
                                                    Service  and is  employed on
                                                    the  last  day of  the  Plan
                                                    Year.

                                         (b) / / A Participant  shall  share in
                                                 Discretionary          Employer
                                                 Contributions for the Plan Year
                                                 in    which    he    terminates
                                                 employment  prior  to the  last
                                                 day of the Plan  Year  provided
                                                 such  Participant has completed
                                                 1,000 Hours of Service.

                                          (c)/X/ If the  Employer has elected to
                                                 credit  service  under  elapsed
                                                 time, a Participant shall share
                                                 in Discretionary  Contributions
                                                 if such Participant is employed
                                                 on the  last  day  of the  Plan
                                                 Year.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.    FORFEITURES.                (a) Forfeiture   of   Discretionary   Employer
                                      Contributions  under Section 6.4(c) of the
                                      Plan shall be (Choose (1) or (2)):

          NA                          (1) / / Used    to     reduce     Employer
                                              Contributions. 

                                      (2) / / Allocated among other Participants
                                              in the same  proportion  that each
                                              Participant's Compensation for the
                                              Plan    Year    bears    to    the
                                              Compensation  of all  Participants
                                              for such Plan Year.

                                  (b) Excess   Aggregate   Contributions   under
                                      Section   3.8(d)  of  the  Plan  shall  be
                                      (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                      (1) / /  Forfeited  and  used to reduce 
                                               Employer Contributions.

                                      (2) / /  Forfeited  and  allocated,  after
                                               all other  forfeitures  under the
                                               Plan,   to   each   Participant's
                                               Matching  Contribution Account in
                                               the  same  proportion  that  each
                                               Participant's   Compensation  for
                                               the Plan Year  bears to the total
                                               Compensation of all  Participants
                                               for   such   Plan   Year.    Such
                                               forfeitures    SHALL    NOT    be
                                               allocated  to the  account of any
                                               Highly Compensated Employee.

                                  NOTE:  If    Matching     Contributions    are
                                         nonforfeitable    when    made,    this
                                         provision   (b)  shall  not  apply  and
                                         Excess Aggregate  Contributions will be
                                         distributed in accordance  with Section
                                         3.8(d) of the Plan.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -11-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.    ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-         (a) Rollovers
      TO-PLAN TRANSFERS.
      (Plan Section 3.6)              (1) /X/ The Plan permits rollovers.
      (Choose (a) and/or (b)):

                                      (2) // The Plan does not permit rollovers.

                                  (b) Plan-to-Plan Transfers

                                      (1) /X/ The Plan permits plan-to-plan 
                                              transfers.

                                      (2) / / The Plan does not permit plan-to-
                                              plan transfers.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -12-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.   BENEFITS.                   A  Participant  shall  be 100%  vested  in his
                                  Accrued  Benefit upon satisfying the Normal or
                                  Early retirement age under the Plan.

                                  (a) Normal  Retirement Age/Date  (Plan Section
                                      1.32; 1.33) (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                      (1) /X/ The  date on  which a  Participant
                                              reaches  age 65 (not  more than 65
                                              or  less  than  55).  If no age is
                                              indicated,  normal  retirement age
                                              shall be 65.

                                      (2) / / The later of the date  Participant
                                              reaches  age _____  (not more than
                                              65) or  ________  (not  more  than
                                              5th)  anniversary  of the  day the
                                              Participant              commenced
                                              participation  in the  Plan.  (The
                                              participation commencement date is
                                              the first  day of the  first  Plan
                                              Year  in  which  the   Participant
                                              commenced   participation  in  the
                                              Plan.)

                                  (b) Early   Retirement   Date.  (Plan  Section
                                      6.1(b)) (Choose (1) or (2)): ---

                                      (1) /X/ The  date on  which a  Participant
                                              reaches  age 60 (not less than 55)
                                              and  completes 10 years of service
                                              (not more than 15).

                                      (2) / / Early   Retirement   will  not  be
                                              permitted under the Plan.

                                  (c) Method of Distribution. (Plan Section 7.2)

                                      Subject  to  Section   7.4  of  the  Plan,
                                      Benefits  under  the  Plan  shall  be paid
                                      under the  following  method,  or  methods
                                      (Chose (1), (2), and/or (3)):

                                      (1) /X/ Lump sum;

                                      (2) / / Periodic Installments;

                                      (3) / / A   paid-up   annuity contract.

                                      NOTE:   If  this is a  continuation  of an
                                              existing   plan,   you   MAY   NOT
                                              eliminate   a  form   of   benefit
                                              previously offered under the prior
                                              plan.
                                              
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -13-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (d) Special Distributions. (Plan Section 6.5)

                                      In  addition  to  distributions  made upon
                                      separation   from   service,    death   or
                                      disability,    distributions    shall   be
                                      permitted   upon   (Choose   any   or  all
                                      options):

                                      (1) /X/ Termination  of the  Plan  without
                                              the  establishment  of a successor
                                              plan;

                                      (2) /X/ As   soon   as    administratively
                                              feasible  after  the  sale,  to an
                                              entity  that is not an  Affiliated
                                              Employer,  of substantially all of
                                              the assets used by the Employer in
                                              the trade or business in which the
                                              Participant is employed;

                                      (3) /X/ As   soon   as    administratively
                                              feasible  after  the  sale,  to an
                                              entity  that  is not an  Affiliate
                                              Employer,   of   an   incorporated
                                              Affiliated  Employer's interest in
                                              a subsidiary;

                                      (4) / / Attainment  of  age  59 1/2 by the
                                              Participant;

                                      (5) /X/ Hardship of the Participant.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.   LOANS TO                    With the consent of the Trustee, loans 
      PARTICIPANTS                (Choose (a) or (b)):
      (Article 10) 

                                  (a) /X/ will be permitted  not  exceeding  50%
                                          (not  more  than  50%) of the  present
                                          value  of  the  Participant's   vested
                                          accrued benefit.

                                  (b) / / will not be permitted.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -14-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.   VESTING.                    If a  Participant  terminates  employment  for
      (Plan Section 6.4)          reasons  other  than   retirement,   death  or
                                  disability, the vested portion of his Employer
                                  Contributions     Accounts    (and    Matching
                                  Contributions Account to the extent applicable
                                  to Section  6(d) of this  Adoption  Agreement)
                                  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the
                                  following schedule (Choose (a), (b) or (c)):

                                  (a) / /  YEARS OF SERVICE    VESTED PERCENTAGE

                                               1 year                _____%

                                               2 years               _____%

                                               3 years               _____%

                                               4 years               _____%

                                               5 or more years        100 %

                                  (b) / /  YEARS OF SERVICE    VESTED PERCENTAGE

                                               1 year                _____%

                                               2 years               _____%

                                               3 years(at least 20%) _____%

                                               4 years(at least 40%) _____%

                                               5 years(at least 60%) _____%

                                               6 years(at least 80%) _____%

                                               7 or more years        100 %

                                  (c) /X/  100% full and immediate Vesting

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -15-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.   EMPLOYER SECURITIES.        (a) The Plan may invest in Qualifying Employer
                                      Securities,  within the meaning of Section
                                      407(d)(5) of ERISA, in accordance with the
                                      following  (Choose  (1)  and/or (2) or (3)
                                      below):

                                      (1) /X/  Up  to  100%  of  the   following
                                               accounts   may  be   invested  in
                                               Qualifying Employer Securities in
                                               accordance with directions of the
                                               Administrator, and subject to the
                                               terms of the  Plan and the  Trust
                                               Agreement  (Choose one or more as
                                               applicable):

                                               (i)   /X/  Discretionary Employer
                                                          Contributions Account;

                                               (ii)  /X/  Employer      Matching
                                                          Contributions
                                                          Accounts;

                                               (iii) /X/  Qualified Non-Elective
                                                          Contributions Account.

                                 NA   (2) / /  Participants  may direct  that up
                                               to 100% of the following accounts
                                               be   invested    in    Qualifying
                                               Employer  Securities,  subject to
                                               rules and regulations established
                                               by the Administrator, the Trustee
                                               and/or the Sponsor (Choose one or
                                               more as applicable):

                                               (i)   / /  Discretionary Employer
                                                          Contributions Account;

                                               (ii)  / /  Elective      Deferral
                                                          Account;

                                               (iii) / /  Employer      Matching
                                                          Contributions Account;

                                               (iv)  / /  Rollover/Transfer
                                                          Account;

                                               (v)   / /  Voluntary     Employee
                                                          Contributions Account;

                                               (vi)  / /  Qualified Non-Elective
                                                          Contributions Account.

                                      (3) / /  Investment in Qualifying Employer
                                               Securities will not be allowed.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -16-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (b) If  the  Employer  selects  (1)  or (2) in
                                      paragraph  (a)  above,   then  voting  and
                                      tender   offer   rights  with  respect  to
                                      Qualifying  Employer  Securities  shall be
                                      delegated and exercised as follows (Choose
                                      one):

                                      (1) /  /  The  Administrator  shall direct
                                                the  Trustee as to the voting of
                                                all     Qualifying      Employer
                                                Securities  and as to all rights
                                                in the  event of a tender  offer
                                                involving    such     Qualifying
                                                Employer Securities. The Trustee
                                                shall have no  responsibility to
                                                exercise  voting or tender offer
                                                rights   in   the   absence   of
                                                directions        from       the
                                                Administrator.

                                      (2) /X/   Each   Participant    shall   be
                                                entitled     to    direct    the
                                                Administrator  as to the  voting
                                                and    tender    offer    rights
                                                involving   Qualifying  Employer
                                                Securities    held    in    such
                                                Participant's Plan Account,  and
                                                the  Administrator  shall follow
                                                or cause the  Trustee  to follow
                                                such Participant directions.  If
                                                a  Participant  fails to provide
                                                the      Administrator      with
                                                directions   as  to   voting  or
                                                tender   offer    rights,    the
                                                Administrator   shall   exercise
                                                those rights as it determines in
                                                its  discretion and shall direct
                                                the  Trustee  accordingly.   The
                                                Administrator  shall  provide to
                                                Participants   copies   of   all
                                                notices, prospectuses, financial
                                                statements,      proxies     and
                                                proxy-soliciting       materials
                                                relating to Qualifying  Employer
                                                Securities    held    in    such
                                                Participant's  Plan  Account and
                                                shall    establish    reasonable
                                                procedures  and  rules  for  the
                                                exercise  by   Participants   of
                                                voting and tender  offer  rights
                                                referred  to  herein.  Under  no
                                                circumstances  shall the Trustee
                                                have   any   responsibility   in
                                                respect   of  voting  or  tender
                                                offer      rights      involving
                                                Qualifying  Employer  Securities
                                                except  the   responsibility  to
                                                deliver  to  the   Administrator
                                                notices, prospectuses, financial
                                                statements,  proxies  and proxy-
                                                soliciting materials as provided
                                                in    the    Trust    Agreement.
                                                

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.   INVESTMENT                  (a) /X/ The  plan  permits   Participants   to
      DIRECTION                           designate   what   percentage  of  all
      (Plan Section 4.6(c))               contributions  made  on  their  behalf
      (Choose (a) or (b)):                (including   any  voluntary   employee
                                          contributions,     any    plan-to-plan
                                          transfers  ------ (Choose (a) or (b)):
                                          or rollover  amounts) will be invested
                                          in  the  various   ------   Investment
                                          Options as defined in Section  1.27 of
                                          the  Plan.  Participants  may  make or
                                          change  such  designations  by  giving
                                          written   notice   to  the   Employer.
                                          Reasonable restrictions may be imposed
                                          on this  privilege  by the Employer or
                                          the    Sponsor    for    purposes   of
                                          administrative convenience.

                                  (b) / / The Plan does not permit  Participants
                                          to select their Investment Options.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -17-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.   TOP HEAVY                   If for any year the Plan is determined to 
      PROVISIONS.                 be Top Heavy, the following provisions shall 
      (Plan Section 11)           become effective.

                                  (a)  Participants  who are eligible to receive
                                       the   minimum   allocation   provided  by
                                       Section 11.4 of the Plan shall  receive a
                                       minimum  allocation of contributions  and
                                       forfeitures  under  this  Plan  equal  to
                                       three percent (3%) of Compensation, or if
                                       lesser,   the   largest   percentage   of
                                       Compensation  allocated  on behalf of any
                                       Key Employee for the Plan Year.

                                  (b)  If the Participant  also  participates in
                                       another  qualified  defined  contribution
                                       plan  maintained  by  the  Employer,  the
                                       required  minimum   allocation  shall  be
                                       provided (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                      (1) /X/ under this Plan.

                                      (2) / / under   another   qualified   plan
                                              maintained    by   the   Employer.
                                              Specify name of the Plan:

                                  (c)  If employees are covered under both a Top
                                       Heavy  defined  benefit  plan and defined
                                       contribution  plan of the  Employer,  the
                                       denominators  of the defined  benefit and
                                       defined   contribution    fractions   (as
                                       described  in  Section  5.4 of the  Plan)
                                       shall  be  computed  by   substituting  a
                                       factor of 1.0 for 1.25.

                                       However,  if  the  Top  Heavy  ratio  (as
                                       described  in  Section  11.2 of the Plan)
                                       does not exceed 90%, the Employer may use
                                       a  factor   of  1.25  in  the   fractions
                                       provided a minimum  contribution of 4% is
                                       provided  to  Participants  participating
                                       only in the  defined  contribution  plan,
                                       and  a  minimum  of 3%  (up  to  30%)  is
                                       provided  to  Participants  participating
                                       only in the  defined  benefit  plan,  and
                                       provided one of the  following is used to
                                       satisfy    the    minimum    contribution
                                       requirements       for       Participants
                                       participating   in   both   the   defined
                                       contribution  and defined  benefit  plans
                                       (Choose (1), (2) or (3)):

                                       (1) /X/ a minimum  benefit of 3% per year
                                               of   service   (up  to   30%)  is
                                               provided in the  defined  benefit
                                               plan;

                                       (2) / / a minimum  contribution  of 71/2%
                                               is   provided   in  the   defined
                                               contribution plan;

                                       (3) / / a minimum  contribution  of 4% is
                                               provided     in    the    defined
                                               contribution  plan and a  minimum
                                               benefit of 3% per year of service
                                               (up to  30%) is  provided  in the
                                               defined benefit plan.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    -18-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  In the event that the Top Heavy ratio  exceeds
                                  90%,  a factor of 1.0 shall  always be applied
                                  when computing the defined benefit and defined
                                  contribution fractions.

                                  The  minimum  contribution   requirements  for
                                  Participants participating in both the defined
                                  contribution  and defined  benefit plans would
                                  be as follows (Choose (1), (2) or (3)):

                                  (1)  /X/ a minimum  benefit  of 2% per year of
                                           service  (up to 20%) is  provided  in
                                           the defined benefit plan;

                                  (2)  / / a  minimum   contribution  of  5%  is
                                           provided in the defined  contribution
                                           plan;

                                  (3)  / / a  minimum   contribution  of  3%  is
                                           provided in the defined  contribution
                                           plan and a minimum  benefit of 2% per
                                           year  of  service   (up  to  20%)  is
                                           provided in the defined benefit plan.

                               NA (d)  For any Plan  Year in which  this Plan is
                                       Top Heavy, the following vesting schedule
                                       will  automatically  apply  to  the  Plan
                                       (Plan Section 11.5) (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                  (1) / / PERIOD OF SERVICE   VESTED PERCENTAGE

                                           1 year.....................0%
                                           2 years...................20%
                                           3 years...................40%
                                           4 years...................60%
                                           5 years...................80%
                                           6 years..................100%

                                  (2) / / PERIOD OF SERVICE   VESTED PERCENTAGE

                                           1 year.....................0%
                                           2 years....................0%
                                           3 years..................100%

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -19-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           If the  vesting  schedule  under  the
                                           Plan  shifts  in or out of the  above
                                           schedule for any Plan Year because of
                                           the  Plan's  Top Heavy  status,  such
                                           shift is an  amendment to the vesting
                                           schedule  and the election in Section
                                           6.4(e) of the Plan applies.

                                  (e)  Valuation Date: For purposes of computing
                                       the Top Heavy Ratio,  the valuation  date
                                       shall be 12/31 of each year.

                                  (f)  The  present   value:   For  purposes  of
                                       establishing  present  value  of  defined
                                       benefit plans' accrued benefits  required
                                       to  be  aggregated   with  this  Plan  to
                                       compute the Top Heavy Ratio,  any benefit
                                       shall be  discounted  only for  mortality
                                       and interest based on the following:

                                       Interest rate 8%  Mortality table  UP-84

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -20-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.   ALLOCATION                  If you  maintain  or ever  maintained  another
      LIMITATION                  qualified  Plan in which  any  Participant  in
                                  this Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or could
                                  become a  Participant,  the Employer must also
                                  complete   this  section  if  it  maintains  a
                                  welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in section
                                  419(e) of the Code, or an  individual  medical
                                  account,  as defined in section  415(1)(2)  of
                                  the Code,  under which  amounts are treated as
                                  annual   additions   with   respect   to   any
                                  Participant in this Plan.

                                  (a)  If  the   Participant  is  covered  under
                                       another  qualified  defined  contribution
                                       plan  maintained by the  Employer,  other
                                       than a master or  prototype  plan (Choose
                                       one):

                                       / /  The provisions of (a) through (f) of
                                            Section  5.2 of the Plan will  apply
                                            as if the  other  plan were a master
                                            or prototype plan.

                                       /X/  Provide on an attachment, the method
                                            under  which  the plans  will  limit
                                            total   annual   additions   to  the
                                            maximum permissible amount, and will
                                            properly  reduce any excess amounts,
                                            in a manner that precludes  Employer
                                            discretion.

                                  (b)  If the  Participant is or has ever been a
                                       Participant  in a  defined  benefit  plan
                                       maintained by the Employer  (Plan Section
                                       5.3) (Choose (1) or (2)):

                                       (1) / /  In  any  Limitation   Year,  the
                                                Annual Addition  credited to the
                                                Participant  under this Plan may
                                                not cause the sum of the defined
                                                benefit  plan  fraction  and the
                                                defined     contribution    plan
                                                fraction  to exceed  1.0. If the
                                                Employer    Contributions   that
                                                otherwise  would be allocated to
                                                the Participant's Account during
                                                such  year  would  cause the 1.0
                                                limitation  to be exceeded,  the
                                                allocation  will be  reduced  so
                                                that  the  sum of the  fractions
                                                equals  1.0.  Any  contributions
                                                not  allocated  because  of  the
                                                preceding   sentence   will   be
                                                allocated   to   the   remaining
                                                Participants      under      the
                                                allocation   formula  under  the
                                                Plan.  If the 1.0  limitation is
                                                exceeded,   such  excess  amount
                                                will be  reduced  in  accordance
                                                with Section 5.1 of the Plan.

                                       (2) /X/  On an  attachment,  provide  the
                                                method   under  which  the  plan
                                                involved  will  satisfy  the 1.0
                                                limitation   in  a  manner  that
                                                precludes Employer discretion.

                                  (c)  The  limitation  year is the following 12
                                       consecutive month period:

                                       JANUARY 1  to DECEMBER 31.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.   ADMINISTRATIVE              (a) /X/ Administrative expenses shall be paid 
      EXPENSE.                            by the Employer
      (Plan Section 12.5)         
      (Choose (a) or (b)):        (b) / / Administrative expenses shall be 
                                          charged against the accounts of all 
                                          Participants unless allocable to the 
                                          accounts of a specific Participant.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -21-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION.        The administrator of the Plan shall be 
      (Plan Section 12.4)         (Choose (a), (b), (c) or (d)):


                                  NOTE: T. Rowe Price Trust Company may not be 
                                        appointed Plan Administrator.

                                  (a) / /  The Trustee;

                                  (b) / /  The Employer;

                                  (c) / /  Retirement Plan Committee;

                                  (d) /X/  Other (complete the following).

                                           Name:     HANDY&HARMAN SAVINGS PLAN 
                                                     ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE

                                           Address:  850 THIRD AVENUE, 
                                                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10022

                                  NOTE:  If no Plan Administrator is indicated 
                                         above, the Employer shall be deemed the
                                         Plan Administrator.

                                  If additional  space is required to specify an
                                  elective feature under the Plan, please attach
                                  additional  pages as needed and use the format
                                  set  forth  below.  Each   supplementary  page
                                  should be  numbered,  and the total  number of
                                  pages  indicated  on  the  last  page  of  the
                                  Adoption Agreement

                                  The following is hereby made part of Provision
                                  ____ of the Adoption Agreement.

                                  Initials of Employer's Authorized 
                                  Representative:_____________

                                  Initials of Trustee(s):______________

                                  Supplementary page number:_____________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.   THE  TRUSTEES.              The Employer  hereby appoints the following to
                                  serve as Trustee(s) (Plan Section 1.46):

                                  Name:      T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY

                                  Address:   100 EAST PRATT STREET

                                             BALTIMORE, MD  21202

                                  /S/ AILENE ZEIGLER              /S/ ILLEGIBLE
                                      Witness             [Signature of] Trustee

                                             Dated:   7-23-91


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -22-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Name:     ___________________________________

                                  Address:  ___________________________________

                                            ___________________________________

                                            ___________   _____________________
                                               Witness    [Signature of] Trustee

                                            Dated:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Name:     ___________________________________

                                  Address:  ___________________________________

                                            ___________________________________

                                            ____________  _____________________
                                               Witness    [Signature of] Trustee

                                            Dated:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -23-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.   EMPLOYER SIGNATURE.         The  Employer   acknowledges  receipt  of  the
                                  current   prospectus  of  the  ---  Investment
                                  Options  designated  by the  Employer  for its
                                  initial   investments   under   the  Plan  and
                                  represents   that  it  has  delivered  a  copy
                                  thereof to each  Participant  in the Plan, and
                                  that  it  will  deliver  to  each  Participant
                                  making contributions and each new Participant,
                                  a copy of the then current  prospectus of such
                                  Investment   Options.   The  Employer  further
                                  represents   that  the   information  in  this
                                  Adoption Agreement shall become effective only
                                  when   approved  and   countersigned   by  the
                                  Trustee.  The  right to reject  this  Adoption
                                  Agreement for any reason is reserved.

                                  Note:  An  Employer  who adopts  this Plan may
                                         not rely on the Opinion  Letter  issued
                                         by the National  Office of the Internal
                                         Revenue  Service as evidenced that this
                                         Plan is qualified  under section 401 of
                                         the Code. Such adopting Employer should
                                         apply to the  appropriate  Key District
                                         Director  of  Internal  Revenue  for  a
                                         determination letter in order to obtain
                                         reliance.

                                         This  Adoption  Agreement  may be  used
                                         only in  conjunction  with  basic  plan
                                         document #01.

                                         Failure  to  properly   fill  out  this
                                         Adoption   Agreement   may   result  in
                                         disqualification of the Plan

                                         The sponsoring organization will inform
                                         the Employer of any  amendments  to the
                                         Plan   or   the    discontinuance    or
                                         abandonment of the Plan.

                                         Employees with inquiries  regarding the
                                         adoption  of the Plan,  the  sponsoring
                                         organization's  intended meaning of any
                                         Plan  provisions,  or the effect of the
                                         Opinion Letter should call:

                                         Sponsoring      Organization/Authorized
                                         Representative:

                                         Name: T. Rowe Price Trust Company, Inc.

                                         Address:   100 East Pratt Street
                                                    Baltimore, Maryland  21202

                                         Telephone Number:

                                         This Adoption Agreement consists of 16 
                                         pages.

                                         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer
                                         has   caused    this    Adoption
                                         Agreement  to be executed by its
                                         duly  authorized  officers  this
                                         29TH day of APRIL , 1991


                                                      Attest:HANDY & HARMAN
                                                          [Name of] Employer

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      -24-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       By:  /S/ STEPHEN B. MUDD

                                            Title:   VICE PRESIDENT & TREASURER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      -25-

<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      The  following  is  hereby  made  part  of  Provision  16 of the  Adoption
Agreement.

      Initials of Employer's Authorized Representative: Illegible

      Initials of Trustee(s): SJZ

      Supplementary page number:  16

      Handy & Harman maintains other qualified  defined  contribution  plans. To
the extent that the annual  additions  to all defined  contribution  plans would
exceed the maximum  permissible amount, the annual addition to the other defined
contribution  plans,  not this Plan,  will be limited so the maximum amount will
not be exceeded.

      Handy & Harman  maintains  qualified  defined benefit plans. To the extent
that the 1.0  limitation  would  otherwise  be exceeded,  the benefit  under the
defined  benefit  plans will be limited so that the 1.0  limitation  will not be
exceeded.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>
This  document  incorporates  the first and second  amendments  with  provisions
effective January 1, 1993 and January 1, 1994, respectively.

                             ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

1.1      ACCRUED BENEFIT.

         The balance in a  Participant's  or  Beneficiary's  account,  including
         contributions, forfeitures, income, expenses, gains and losses (whether
         or not realized) allocated or attributable thereto, which account shall
         consist of its pro rata  proportion of all  commingled  Trust assets or
         any Trust assets separately earmarked  therefore.  Said account balance
         shall be determined as of the most recent  Valuation Date. Each Accrued
         Benefit shall be divided into one or more of the following subaccounts,
         to the extent applicable:

         (a)      Discretionary Employer Contributions Account;

         (b)      Elective Deferral Account;

         (c)      Employer Matching Contributions Account;

         (d)      Rollover/Transfer Account;

         (e)      Voluntary Employee Contributions Account;

         (f)      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions Account;

         (g)      Qualified Matching Contributions.

         The foregoing  accounts,  which are designated as functional  accounts,
         are derived from the source of the funds contributed  thereto,  whereas
         the  accounts  referred  to  as  Segregated   Accounts  are  investment
         accounts, derived from the investment of the functional account.

1.2      ACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

         Any  Participant  on whose behalf  contributions  are being made to the
         Plan.

1.3      ADMINISTRATOR OR PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

         The person,  persons or entity  designated by the Employer  pursuant to
         Article XII to administer and operate the Plan.
<PAGE>
1.4      ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

         The document executed by the Employer and Trustee by which the Employer
         adopts  this Plan and the Trust  Agreement  forming a part  thereof and
         wherein the Employer selects from the options contained therein certain
         provisions  relating  to  the  operation  of  the  Plan.  The  Adoption
         Agreement shall be  incorporated  into and form an integral part of the
         Plan and the Trust Agreement.

1.5      AFFILIATED EMPLOYER.

         The  Employer  and any  corporation  which is a member of a  controlled
         group of corporations  (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code) which
         includes  the  Employer,   any  trade  or  business   (whether  or  not
         incorporated)  which is under  common  control  (as  defined in section
         414(c) of the Code) with the Employer, any organization (whether or not
         incorporated)  which is a member  of an  affiliated  service  group (as
         defined in section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Employer, and
         any other entity required to be aggregated  with the Employer  pursuant
         to regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.

1.6      BENEFICIARY.

         The person or persons so designated by the  Participant  to receive his
         benefits under the Plan in the event of his death.

1.7      BREAK IN SERVICE.

         An  Eligibility  Computation  Period or Vesting  Computation  Period in
         which an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service with
         the Employer.

1.8      CODE.

         The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.9      COMPENSATION.

         As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation will
         mean all of each Participant's (a) W-2 earnings or (b) Compensation (as
         that  term is  defined  in  section  415(c)(3)  of the  Code).  For any
         Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean
         Earned Income.  Compensation shall include only that Compensation which
         is  actually  paid to the  Participant  during the  applicable  period.
         Except as provided  elsewhere in this Plan, the applicable period shall
         be the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the
         Employer  makes no election,  the  applicable  period shall be the Plan
         Year.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
         Notwithstanding  the above,  if elected by the Employer in the Adoption
         Agreement,  Compensation  shall include any amount which is contributed
         by the Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which is
         not  includible in the gross income of the Employee  under section 125,
         402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

         The annual  Compensation of each  Participant  taken into account under
         the Plan for any year shall not exceed  $200,000,  as  adjusted  by the
         Secretary  of Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under
         section 415(d) of the Code. If, as a result of the  application of such
         rules, the adjusted $200,000  limitation is exceeded,  then (except for
         purposes  of  determining   the  portion  of  Compensation  up  to  the
         integration  level if this Plan provides for permitted  disparity)  the
         limitation  shall  be  prorated  among  the  affected   individuals  in
         proportion to each such  individual's  Compensation as determined under
         this  Section  prior  to  the  application  of  this   limitation.   In
         determining  the  Compensation  of a  Participant  for purposes of this
         limitation,  the rules of section  414(q)(6)  of the Code shall  apply,
         except in applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the
         spouse of the Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant
         who have not attained age 19 before the close of the year.

         In addition to other applicable  limitations set forth in the Plan, and
         notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for
         Plan  Years   beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1994,  the  annual
         Compensation  of each Employee  taken into account under the Plan shall
         not exceed the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual
         Compensation  limit is $ 150,000 as  adjusted by the  Commissioner  for
         increases   in  the  cost  of  living  in   accordance   with   section
         401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living  adjustment in effect for
         a calendar year applies to any period,  not  exceeding 12 months,  over
         which  Compensation is determined  (determination  period) beginning in
         such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer that 12
         months, the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation limit will be multiplied by a
         fraction,  the  numerator  of  which is the  number  of  months  in the
         determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

         For Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
         this Plan to the limitation under section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall
         mean  the  OBRA  '93  annual  Compensation  limit  set  forth  in  this
         provision.

         If  Compensation  for any  prior  determination  period  is taken  into
         account in determining an Employee's  benefits  accruing in the current
         Plan Year,  the  Compensation  for that prior  determination  period is
         subject  to the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation  limit in effect for that
         prior determination period. For this purpose, for determination periods
         beginning  before the first day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or
         after  January  1,  1994,  the OBRA '93  annual  Compensation  limit is
         $150,000.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>
1.10     COST OF LIVING INCREASE.

         An automatic increase (without necessity of Plan amendment) in a dollar
         value set forth or described in the Plan, for the purpose of reflecting
         increases in the cost of living to the extent prescribed in or pursuant
         to regulations under section 415(d) of the Code.

1.11     COVERED EMPLOYEE.

         Any  Employee  eligible  to  participate  in the Plan  pursuant  to the
         Adoption Agreement.

1.12     DISTRIBUTION DATE.

         The date on which a Participant reaches  retirement,  dies while in the
         active  employ  of  the  Employer,   becomes  totally  and  permanently
         disabled,  or otherwise terminates employment at a time when he is 100%
         vested  in his  Accrued  Benefit.  In the  case  of a  Participant  who
         terminates  employment  for  reasons  other than  retirement,  death or
         disability,  at a time when he is less than 100%  vested in his Accrued
         Benefit, his Distribution Date shall be the first to occur of his death
         following  termination  or the last  day of the  Plan  Year in which he
         incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

1.13     EARNED INCOME.

         The annual net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
         with respect to which the Plan is  established,  provided that personal
         services of the individual are a material  income-producing factor. Net
         earnings  will be  determined  without  regard to items not included in
         gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items.  Net earnings
         are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the
         extent  deductible under section 404 of the Code. Earned Income will in
         all events be defined in a way which complies with section 401(c)(2) of
         the Code and other applicable provisions of the Code.

         Net earnings shall be determined  with regard to the deduction  allowed
         to the  Employer  by  section  164(f)  of the  Code for  taxable  years
         beginning after December 31, 1989.

1.14     EFFECTIVE DATE.

         The effective date shall be the Effective Date provided in the Adoption
         Agreement.

1.15     ELAPSED TIME.

         If an Employer  elects to use Elapsed Time in the  Adoption  Agreement,
         the following  definitions shall replace the otherwise required Year of
         Service and Break in Service definitions. For purposes of this Section,
         Hour of Service shall mean each hour for which

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
         an  Employee is paid or  entitled  to payment  for the  performance  of
         duties for the Employer.

         (a)      Break  in  Service  is  a  Period  of Severance of at least 12
                  consecutive months.

         (b)      Period of  Severance  is a  continuous  period of time  during
                  which the  Employee  is not  employed  by the  Employer.  Such
                  period  begins on the date the Employee  retires,  quits or is
                  discharged,  or if earlier,  the 12 month  anniversary  of the
                  date on which the  Employee  was  otherwise  first absent from
                  Service.

         (c)      For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued
                  eligibility to  participate in the Plan or the  nonforfeitable
                  interest in the  Participant's  account  balance  derived from
                  Employer contribution (except for periods of Service which may
                  be disregarded on account of the "rule of parity" described in
                  Section  2.4(b)),  an  Employee  will  receive  credit for the
                  aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee's
                  first day of employment or reemployment and ending on the date
                  a Break in Service begins.  The first day of employment is the
                  first  day  the  Employee  performs  an Hour  of  Service.  An
                  Employee will also receive  credit for any Period of Severance
                  of less than 12 consecutive  months.  Fractional  periods of a
                  year will be expressed in terms of days.

         (d)      In the  case of an  individual  who is  absent  from  work for
                  maternity  or  paternity  reasons,  the 12  consecutive  month
                  period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of
                  such  absence  shall not  constitute  a Break in Service.  For
                  purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity
                  or  paternity  reasons  means an absence  (i) by reason of the
                  pregnancy of the individual,  (ii) by reason of the birth of a
                  child of the individual, (iii) by reason of the placement of a
                  child with the  individual in connection  with the adoption of
                  such child by such individual,  or (iv) for purposes of caring
                  for such child for a period  beginning  immediately  following
                  such birth or placement.

         (e)      Each  employee  will share in Employer  contributions  for the
                  period   beginning   on  the  date  the   Employee   commences
                  participation  under the Plan and  ending on the date on which
                  such  Employee  severs  employment  with the Employer or is no
                  longer a member of an eligible class of Employees.

         (f)      If the  Employer is a member of an  affiliated  service  group
                  (under  section  414(m) of the Code),  a  controlled  group of
                  corporations (under section 414(b) of the Code), or a group of
                  trades or  businesses  under  common  control  (under  section
                  414(c)  of  the  Code)  or any  other  entity  required  to be
                  aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the
                  Code and the regulations thereunder,  Service will be credited
                  for any employment for any period of time for any other member
                  of  such  group.   Service  will  also  be  credited  for  any
                  individual  required  under section  414(n) or (o) of the Code
                  and the regulations thereunder to be

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
                  considered  an  Employee  of  any  Employer  aggregated  under
                  section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code.

1.16     ELECTIVE DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.

         The  portion of a  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  which  consists  of
         contributions  made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer at
         the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash Compensation and shall
         include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

1.17     ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD.

         The 12 consecutive  month period used for purposes of determining Years
         of Service and Breaks in Service for  eligibility  to  participate.  An
         Employee's  initial  Eligibility  Computation  Period  shall  be the 12
         consecutive  month period  beginning  with the day the  Employee  first
         performs  an  Hour  of  Service.   Subsequent  Eligibility  Computation
         Periods, if needed, will coincide with the 12 month anniversary of that
         day.

1.18     EMPLOYEE.

         Any  person,  including  a  Self-Employed  Individual,  employed by the
         Employer  maintaining the Plan or of any other Employer  required to be
         aggregated with such Employer under section 414(b),  (c), (m) or (o) of
         the Code and shall  include  Leased  Employees  within  the  meaning of
         section 414(n)(2) or (o) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
         such  Leased  Employees  constitute  less than  twenty  percent  of the
         Employer's  non-highly  compensated  work force  within the  meaning of
         section  414(n)(5)(C)(ii)  of the Code, the term  "Employee"  shall not
         include those Leased  Employees  covered by a plan described in section
         414(n)(5)  of the Code  unless  otherwise  provided by the terms of the
         Plan.

1.19     EMPLOYER.

         The entity that  establishes  or maintains  the Plan,  any successor to
         such entity and any Affiliated Employer.

1.20     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.

         The  portion  of a  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  consisting  of his
         Employer Matching  Contributions Account and his Discretionary Employer
         Contributions Account.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>
1.21     ENTRY DATE.

         The Effective Date shall be the first Entry Date,  thereafter the first
         day of each Plan Year and the  first day of the  seventh  month of each
         Plan Year unless the  Employer  elects in the Adoption  Agreement  such
         dates which are more frequent.

1.22     ERISA.

         The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.23     FAMILY MEMBER.

         An  Employee's  spouse and lineal  ascendants  or  descendants  and the
         spouses of such lineal ascendants or descendants.

1.24     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.

         The term Highly Compensated Employee includes active Highly Compensated
         Employees and former Highly Compensated Employees.

         An  active  Highly  Compensated  Employee  includes  any  Employee  who
         performs  Service for the Employer  during the  determination  year and
         who,  during the look-back  year:  (i) received  Compensation  from the
         Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to section  415(d)
         of the Code); (ii) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
         $50,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
         member of the top-paid  group for such year; or (iii) was an officer of
         the Employer and received Compensation during such year that is greater
         than 50% of the dollar limitation in effect under section  415(b)(1)(A)
         of the Code. The term Highly  Compensated  Employee also includes:  (i)
         Employees who are both described in the preceding  sentence if the term
         "determination  year" is substituted for the term "look-back  year" and
         the  Employee  is  one of the  100  Employees  who  received  the  most
         Compensation from the Employer during the determination  year; and (ii)
         Employees  who are 5 percent  owners at any time  during the  look-back
         year or determination year.

         If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (iii) above
         during either a determination  year or look-back year, the highest paid
         officer  for  such  year  shall  be  treated  as a  Highly  Compensated
         Employee.

         For this purpose,  the  determination  year shall be the Plan Year. The
         look-back year shall be the twelve month period  immediately  preceding
         the determination year.

         A  former  Highly  Compensated   Employee  includes  any  Employee  who
         separated from Service (or was deemed to have  separated)  prior to the
         determination  year,  performs no Service for the  Employer  during the
         determination year and was a highly compensated

                                       -7-

<PAGE>
         active  Employee for either the  separation  year or any  determination
         year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday.

         If an Employee is,  during a  determination  year or look-back  year, a
         Family  Member of either a  5-percent  owner who is an active or former
         Employee  or a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is one of the 10 most
         Highly  Compensated  Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
         by the  Employer  during  such  year,  then the  Family  Member and the
         5-percent  owner  or top  ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall  be
         aggregated.  In such case, the Family Member and 5-percent owner or top
         ten Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be treated as a single Employee
         receiving  Compensation and Plan contributions or benefits equal to the
         sum of such  Compensation  and  contributions or benefits of the Family
         Member and 5 percent owner or top ten Highly Compensated Employee.  For
         purposes of this  Section,  Family Member  includes the spouse,  lineal
         ascendants and  descendants of the Employee or former  Employee and the
         spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

         The determination of who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,  including
         the  determinations  of the number and  identity  of  Employees  in the
         top-paid group, the top 100 Employees,  the number of Employees treated
         as officers and the  Compensation  that is considered,  will be made in
         accordance  with  section  414(q)  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations
         thereunder.

         The Employer may elect to use the calendar year to determine whether an
         Employee is a Highly  Compensated  Employee in the  look-back  year (as
         defined  in  Treasury  Regulations  under  section  414(q) of the Code)
         calculation.  The calendar  year used will be the calendar  year ending
         with or within the  determination  year (as defined in the  regulations
         under section 414(q) of the Code). The determination  year shall be the
         months (if any) in the  current  Plan Year which  follow the end of the
         calendar  look-back  year. If the Employer  elects to make the calendar
         year  calculation   election  with  respect  to  any  plan,  entity  or
         arrangement,  such  election  must  apply  with  respect  to all plans,
         entities and arrangements of the Employer.

1.25     HOUR OF SERVICE.

         (a)      An Hour of Service  shall mean and include each hour for which
                  an Employee is compensated by the Employer,  or is entitled to
                  be so  compensated,  for  Services  rendered  by  him  to  the
                  Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for the
                  computation period in which the duties are performed.


         (b)      An Hour of Service  shall also mean and include  each hour for
                  which  an  Employee  is  compensated  by the  Employer,  or is
                  entitled to be so compensated,  on account of a period of time
                  during  which no Services  are rendered by him to the Employer
                  (regardless of whether the Employee shall have ceased to be an
                  Employee) due to

                                       -8-
<PAGE>
                  vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability),
                  layoff,  jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more
                  than five  hundred  and one (501)  Hours of  Service  shall be
                  credited  pursuant to this  subparagraph (b) on account of any
                  single  continuous  period during which an Employee renders no
                  Services to the Employer (whether or not such period occurs in
                  a single computation period).  Hours under this paragraph will
                  be calculated and credited pursuant to section  2530.200b-2 of
                  the  Department of Labor  Regulations  which are  incorporated
                  herein by this reference.

         (c)      An Hour of Service  shall also mean and include  each hour for
                  which back pay,  without regard to mitigation of damages,  has
                  been awarded or agreed to by the  Employer.  The same Hours of
                  Service shall not be credited both under  subparagraph  (a) or
                  subparagraph  (b),  whichever  shall be  applicable,  and also
                  under this subparagraph (c). The hours will be credited to the
                  Employee  for the  computation  period or periods to which the
                  award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period
                  in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

                  Hours of Service  will be credited for  employment  with other
                  members of an affiliated  service group (under  section 414(m)
                  of the  Code),  a  controlled  group  of  corporations  (under
                  section  414(b)  of  the  Code),  or  a  group  of  trades  or
                  businesses  under common  control (under section 414(c) of the
                  Code),  of which the  adopting  Employer is a member,  and any
                  other  entity  required  to be  aggregated  with the  Employer
                  pursuant  to  section  414(o) of the Code and the  regulations
                  thereunder.

                  Hours of  Service  will also be  credited  for any  individual
                  considered  an  Employee  under  section  414(n) or (o) of the
                  Code, and regulations thereunder.

                  Solely for purposes of determining  whether a Break in Service
                  for  participation  and  vesting  purposes  has  occurred in a
                  computation  period, an individual who is absent from work for
                  maternity or paternity  reasons shall  receive  credit for the
                  Hours of Service which would  otherwise  have been credited to
                  such individual but for such absence,  or in any case in which
                  such hours  cannot be  determined,  eight (8) Hours of Service
                  per day of such absence.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  an
                  absence from work for maternity or paternity  reasons means an
                  absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii)
                  by  reason of a birth of a child of the  individual,  (iii) by
                  reason of the  placement  of a child  with the  individual  in
                  connection with the adoption of such child by such individual,
                  or (iv) for  purposes  of caring  for such  child for a period
                  beginning immediately  following such birth or placement.  The
                  Hours  of  Service  credited  under  this  paragraph  shall be
                  credited  only (i) in the  computation  period  in  which  the
                  absence  begins if the  crediting  is  necessary  to prevent a
                  Break in Service in that  period,  or (ii) in all other cases,
                  in the following computation period.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>
                  Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method
                  selected in the Adoption Agreement.

1.26     INACTIVE PARTICIPANT.

                  Any Employee or former Employee who has ceased to be an Active
                  Participant and on whose behalf an account is maintained under
                  the Plan.

1.27     INVESTMENT OPTIONS.

         Any regulated  investment  companies  registered  under the  Investment
         Company  Act  of  1940  whose  investment  adviser  is  T.  Rowe  Price
         Associates,  Inc. or any successor  thereto,  any common trust funds or
         collective  investment fund of the Sponsor qualified under sections 401
         and 501 of the Code, and any other funding vehicle (including,  but not
         limited to, limited  partnership  interests  which receives  investment
         advice  from T. Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc.  or an  affiliate)  made
         available to the Plan by T. Rowe Price  Associates,  Inc. or any of its
         affiliates which the Employer permits under the terms of the Plan.

1.28     LEASED EMPLOYEE.

         Any person (other than an Employee of the recipient)  who,  pursuant to
         an  agreement  between the  recipient  and any other  person  ("leasing
         organization"),  has  performed  Services for the recipient (or for the
         recipient and related  persons  determined  in accordance  with section
         414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially  full time basis for a period
         of at least one (1) year and such  Services are of a type  historically
         performed by Employees in the business field of the recipient Employer.

         Any Leased  Employee  shall be treated as an Employee of the  recipient
         Employer.  However,  contributions or benefits  provided by the leasing
         organization  which  are  attributable  to  Service  performed  for the
         recipient  Employer  shall be  treated  as  provided  by the  recipient
         Employer. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any Leased Employee
         if Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of
         the Employer's  non-highly  compensated  force and, if such Employee is
         covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated
         Employer   contribution   rate  of  at  least  ten  percent   (10%)  of
         Compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
         amounts  contributed  by the  Employer  pursuant to a salary  reduction
         agreement which are excludible  from the Employee's  gross income under
         section  125,  402(e)(3),  402(h) or  403(b) of the Code,  (b) full and
         immediate  vesting,  and (c) each Employee of the leasing  organization
         (other than Employees who perform  substantially  all of their Services
         for the leasing organization) immediately participate in the Plan. Item
         (c) shall  not  apply to any  individual  whose  Compensation  from the
         leasing  organization in each Plan Year during the 4-year period ending
         with the Plan Year is less than $1,000.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>
1.29     MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

         The  portion  of  a  Participant's   Accrued   Benefit   consisting  of
         contributions  to the Plan  made by the  Employer  and  allocated  to a
         Participant's account by reason of the Participant's Elective Deferrals
         or Voluntary Employee Contributions.

1.30     NET PROFITS.

         Current and  accumulated  earnings of the Employer,  before federal and
         state taxes and contributions to this Plan or any other qualified plan.

1.31     NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.

         An  Employee  of the  Employer  who is  neither  a  Highly  Compensated
         Employee nor a Family Member.

1.32     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE.

         The age selected in the Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer enforces a
         mandatory  retirement  age, the Normal  Retirement Age is the lesser of
         that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.33     NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE.

         The  date on  which  a  Participant  attains  age 65  unless  otherwise
         specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.34     OWNER-EMPLOYEE.

         A sole  proprietor,  if the  Employer  is a sole  proprietorship,  or a
         partner  who owns  either  more than ten  percent  (10%) of the capital
         interests or more than ten percent (10%) of the profits  interests,  if
         the Employer is a partnership.

1.35     PARTICIPANT.

         Any  Covered  Employee  of the  Employer  who has  met the  eligibility
         requirements as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.36     PERIOD OF SERVICE.

         Under Elapsed Time, the period of time  commencing on the date on which
         an  Employee  is  first  credited  with  an  Hour  of  Service  or,  if
         applicable,  the first date following a Period of Severance on which an
         Employee  is  credited  with an Hour of Service  and ending on the next
         following Severance Date.


                                      -11-

PAGE>
1.37     PLAN.

         The  retirement  plan set forth  herein and the  Adoption  Agreement as
         amended from time to time.

1.38     PLAN YEAR.

         The twelve (12) consecutive  month period designated by the Employer in
         the Adoption Agreement.

1.39     QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.

         Contributions (other than Matching  Contributions) made by the Employer
         and allocated to the Participant's account that the Participant may not
         elect to receive in cash until  distributed from the Plan and which are
         subject to the  distribution  restrictions as provided in Article VI of
         said Plan.

1.40     ROLLOVER/TRANSFER ACCOUNT.

         The  portion  of  a  Participant's   Accrued  Benefit   established  in
         accordance with Section 3.6 of the Plan.

1.41     SEGREGATED ACCOUNT.

         That  portion  of  a  Participant's   Accrued  Benefit  which,  pending
         distribution,  is segregated from the remainder of the Trust and placed
         in a money market fund sponsored by T. Rowe Price Associates,  Inc. All
         income  earned  by the  Segregated  Account  shall be deemed to be part
         thereof and distributable therewith and there may be charged thereto in
         addition to any directly  attributable  fees and  expenses,  a pro rata
         portion of total Trust fees and expenses.

1.42     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL.

         An  individual  who has  Earned  Income for the  taxable  year from the
         trade,  business  or  partnership  with  respect  to which  the Plan is
         established;  also, an individual  who would have had Earned Income but
         for the fact the trade,  business or partnership had no Net Profits for
         the taxable year.

1.43     SERVICE.

         Under  Elapsed  Time,  the  sum of an  Employee's  Periods  of  Service
         beginning with the Employee's employment or re-employment date. Service
         shall be measured in years where three hundred sixty-five (365) days of
         Service  equals one whole Year of  Service.  Service  for  purposes  of
         eligibility   to  participate  in  the  Plan  shall  be  determined  in
         accordance with


                                      -12-

<PAGE>
         Section  2.3  of  the  Plan.   Service  for  purposes  of   determining
         nonforfeitable  rights under the Plan shall be determined in accordance
         with Section 6.4 of the Plan.

1.44     SEVERANCE DATE.

         Under Elapsed Time the earlier of (a) the date an Employee  terminates,
         is  discharged,  retires or dies, or (b) the first  anniversary  of the
         date an  Employee  is absent  from the employ of the  Employer  for any
         reason  other than an approved  leave of absence  granted in writing by
         the   Employer,   according   to  a  uniform   rule   applied   without
         discrimination,  provided  the  Employee  returns  to the employ of the
         Employer upon completion of the leave.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
         an Employee who terminates Service to enter the military service of the
         United  States  shall  not  suffer  a  Severance  Date as of such  date
         provided (a) such Employee's employment rights are protected by Federal
         law and (b) such  Employee  returns  to  employment  with the  Employer
         within the period required by law for preservation of his rights. Under
         such  circumstances,  an Employee  shall receive credit for Service for
         his  earlier  period of  absence.  If the  Employee  does not return to
         Service within the time  prescribed by law, then the date he terminated
         employment shall be his Severance Date.

1.45     SPONSOR.

         The Sponsor of this Plan shall be T. Rowe Price Trust Company.

1.46     TRUST AGREEMENT.

         The  agreement  between the Employer  and the Trustees  under which the
         assets of the Plan are held, administered and managed.

1.47     TRUSTEE.

         The  individual  or  corporate  Trustee  or  Trustees  under  the Trust
         Agreement as they may be constituted from time to time. Such Trustee or
         Trustees shall be named in the Adoption Agreement.

1.48     VALUATION DATE.

         The last day of each Plan Year and such other dates as may be necessary
         for the proper administration of the Plan.

1.49     VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD.

         For purpose of  computing  an  Employee's  nonforfeitable  right to the
         account balance derived from Employer  contributions,  Years of Service
         and Breaks in Service will be measured by the Plan Year.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>
1.50     VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT.

         That portion of a Participant's  Accrued Benefit derived from voluntary
         nondeductible Employee contributions to the Plan.

1.51     YEAR OF SERVICE.

         An Eligibility  Computation Period,  Vesting Computation Period or Plan
         Year,  whichever is applicable,  during which an Employee  completes at
         least  one  thousand   (1,000)   Hours  of  Service   (whether  or  not
         continuous).

                    ARTICLE II. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1      ACTIVE PARTICIPATION.

         Each Covered  Employee  shall be eligible to participate in the Plan on
         the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date on which such
         Covered  Employee  satisfies the eligibility  requirements set forth in
         the Adoption Agreement.

2.2      EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.

         To  the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  following
         Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan;

         (a)      Employees not meeting the age and Service requirements,

         (b)      Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered by a
                  collective    bargaining     agreement    between    Employee
                  representatives  and  one  or  more  Employers,  if  there  is
                  evidence  that  retirement  benefits  were the subject of good
                  faith  bargaining  between such Employee  representatives  and
                  such  Employer  or  Employers.  For  this  purpose,  the  term
                  "Employee  representatives"  does not include any organization
                  where more than one half of the  membership  is  comprised  of
                  owners, officers and executives of the Employer,

         (c)      Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no Earned
                  Income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources
                  within the United States, and

         (d)      Employees included in certain ineligible job classifications.

         In the event an Employee who is not a member of the  eligible  class of
         Employees  becomes a member of the eligible class,  such Employee shall
         participate  immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age
         and Service requirements as provided in the Adoption Agreement.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>
         In the event a Participant  is no longer a member of an eligible  class
         of  Employees  and  becomes  ineligible  to  participate,  but  has not
         incurred  a  Break  in  Service,   such  Employee   shall   participate
         immediately  upon returning to an eligible class of Employees.  If such
         Participant incurs a Break in Service,  eligibility to participate will
         be determined under Section 2.4 of the Plan.

2.3      CREDITING SERVICE FOR INITIAL ELIGIBILITY.

         (a)      If the  Employer  has  elected in the  Adoption  Agreement  to
                  credit  Service  based on the Elapsed Time method,  then,  for
                  purposes  of initial  eligibility,  Service  shall be measured
                  from the date on which the Employee is first  credited with an
                  Hour of Service and ending with the  anniversary of such date.
                  A Period of Service  shall  include any Period of Severance of
                  less than 12 consecutive months.

         (b)      If the  Employer  has  elected in the  Adoption  Agreement  to
                  credit  Service based on Hours of Service,  then, for purposes
                  of initial eligibility,  a Year of Service is a 12 consecutive
                  month  period,  beginning  with the day on which the  Employee
                  first performs an Hour of Service and  anniversaries  thereof,
                  during  which the  Employee  completes at least 1,000 Hours of
                  Service.

         To the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  Service  with a
         predecessor  Employer  shall be deemed  Service  with the  Employer for
         purposes of this Plan. If this Plan is a continuation  of a predecessor
         Employer's  plan,  Service  with the  predecessor  Employer  may not be
         disregarded for purposes of this Plan.

2.4      RE-EMPLOYMENT.

         (a)      A former  Participant  shall become a Participant  immediately
                  upon  returning  to the employ of the  Employer if such former
                  Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to all or a portion of
                  the account balance derived from Employer contributions at the
                  time of termination from Service.

         (b)      A former  Participant who did not have a nonforfeitable  right
                  to any portion of the account  balance  derived from  Employer
                  contributions at the time of termination from Service shall be
                  considered  a new  Employee  for  eligibility  purposes if the
                  number of consecutive 1- year Breaks in Service, or Periods of
                  Severance if the Employer has elected Elapsed Time,  equals or
                  exceeds  the  greater of five (5) or the  aggregate  number of
                  Years of Service  before  such Breaks in Service or Periods of
                  Severance. If such former Participant's Years of Service prior
                  to termination from Service may not be disregarded pursuant to
                  the  preceding   sentence,   such  former   Participant  shall
                  participate immediately upon re-employment.


                                      -15-

<PAGE>
2.5      RESTORATION OF FORFEITURE.

         If the  re-employed  Participant:  (a) was less than 100% vested in his
         Employer  Contribution  Accounts  when he  terminated  employment,  (b)
         received a distribution of the vested portion,  if any, of his Employer
         Contribution  Accounts  pursuant to Section 7.6(b) of the Plan, and (c)
         resumed his status as a Covered  Employee  before having  incurred five
         (5)  consecutive  1-year  Breaks  in  Service  the full  amount  of the
         forfeiture  which  occurred  (unadjusted  for  gains or  losses  in the
         interim)  pursuant  to Section 7.7 of the Plan shall be restored to his
         Accrued  Benefit.  If the  Participant  had no vested  interest  in the
         portion of his Employer Contribution Accounts, the restoration shall be
         made as of the date of  resumption  of status  as a  Covered  Employee.
         Notwithstanding  any other Plan  provisions  regarding  utilization  of
         forfeitures,  the restored forfeiture shall be derived from forfeitures
         arising in the Plan Year in which the restoration occurs.  However, the
         Employer may, and in the absence of available forfeitures shall, make a
         separate  contribution  to the Plan for the  purpose of  restoring  the
         forfeiture,  which separate  contribution may be made without regard to
         the  availability of current and/or  accumulated  earnings and profits,
         and shall be made not later than the end of the Plan Year following the
         Plan Year in which the  resumption  of  employment  by the  Participant
         occurred.  The restoration  shall not be deemed to be Annual  Additions
         for purposes of Article V of the Plan.

2.6      WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION.

         The Employer may grant a waiver of participation to any Employee who so
         requests.  Whether or not such waiver  shall be granted,  and the terms
         and  conditions   (including  duration)  thereof,   shall  be  made  in
         accordance  with written and objective  rules and shall be applied in a
         uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         any Employee who has met the Plan's  eligibility  requirements shall be
         considered an "Eligible  Participant"  for purposes of Sections 3.7 and
         3.8 of the Plan.

                           ARTICLE III. CONTRIBUTIONS


3.1      ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

         To the extent  provided in the  Adoption  Agreement  and subject to the
         limitation  on Annual  Additions as described in Article V of the Plan,
         for any Plan Year:

         (a)      PARTICIPANT  ELECTION.  Participant may elect to defer, in the
                  form of  Employer  contributions  to the  Plan on his  behalf,
                  Compensation  that would otherwise be paid to him, but for the
                  deferral  of  such  Compensation,  an  amount  expressed  as a
                  percentage   (within  the  limits  provided  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement) of his Compensation as he shall elect in writing on
                  a  form  prescribed  by the  Employer.  Such  salary  deferral
                  contributions   shall  be  accomplished   through  the  direct
                  reduction of  Compensation in each payroll period during which
                  the election is in


                                      -16-

<PAGE>
                  effect.  A  Participant  may elect to  increase,  decrease  or
                  discontinue his salary deferral  contributions by submitting a
                  written  request to the Employer on a form  prescribed by such
                  Employer.

                  The  Employer  shall pay to the  Trustee  all salary  deferral
                  contributions no later than thirty (30) days after the payroll
                  period for which such contributions were deducted.  A separate
                  account shall be  established  for each  Participant  and such
                  Participant's salary deferral  contributions,  as adjusted for
                  withdrawals thereof, investment gain and losses, and income or
                  expenses,   shall  constitute  such   Participant's   Elective
                  Deferral  Account.  A  Participant  shall at all times  have a
                  nonforfeitable interest in his Elective Deferral Account.

         (b)      ELECTIVE  DEFERRALS.  Any Employer  contributions  made to the
                  Plan  at the  election  of the  Participant,  in  lieu of cash
                  Compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to
                  a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With
                  respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral
                  is the sum of all  Employer  contributions  made on  behalf of
                  such  Participant  pursuant  to an election to defer under any
                  qualified  CODA as  described  in section 401 (k) of the Code,
                  and simplified  Employer pension or cash deferred  arrangement
                  as described in section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code, any eligible
                  deferred  compensation plan under section 457 of the Code, any
                  plan described  under section  501(c)(18) of the Code, and any
                  Employer  contributions  made on the behalf of Participant for
                  the purchase of an annuity  contract  under section  403(b) of
                  the Code pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

                  Elective  Deferrals  shall not include any deferrals  properly
                  distributed as excess Annual Additions.

         (c)      LIMITATION  ON ELECTIVE  DEFERRALS.  No  Participant  shall be
                  permitted to have Elective  Deferrals made under this Plan, or
                  any other  qualified plan  maintained by the Employer,  during
                  any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained
                  in section  402(g) of the Code in effect at the  beginning  of
                  such taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the
                  Plan,  the Employer may  distribute  to the  Participant,  not
                  later than April 15 following  the calendar  year to which the
                  deferral  is  attributable,  any  deferral  in  excess  of the
                  aforesaid  limit  together with any income (or minus any loss)
                  allocable  thereto. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan
                  Administrator  of any Excess Elective  Deferrals that arise by
                  taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to this
                  Plan and any other plans of this  Employer.  Excess  Deferrals
                  that are  distributed  after  April 15 are  includible  in the
                  Participant's  gross  income in both the taxable year in which
                  deferred  and the  taxable  year  in  which  distributed.  The
                  Employer may also  distribute to  Participant  any  deferrals,
                  together   with  any  income   allocable   thereto  which  the
                  Participant  has advised the  Employer (in writing by March 1)
                  represent excess deferrals  because of amounts deferred by the
                  Participant during the preceding


                                      -17-

<PAGE>
                  calendar year under any other plans or arrangements  described
                  in section 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the Code.

                  For purposes of the above,  "Excess Elective  Deferrals" shall
                  mean  those  Elective  Deferrals  that  are  includible  in  a
                  Participant's gross income under section 402(g) of the Code to
                  the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable
                  year  exceed the dollar  limitation  under such Code  section.
                  Excess Elective Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions
                  under the Plan,  unless such amounts are  distributed no later
                  than the first April 15 following  the close of  Participant's
                  taxable year.

                  Determination  of income or loss:  Excess  Elective  Deferrals
                  shall be adjusted  for any income or loss.  The income or loss
                  allocable to Excess  Elective  Deferrals is the income or loss
                  allocable to the  Participant's  Elective Deferral Account for
                  the taxable year  multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of
                  which is such Participant's  Excess Elective Deferrals for the
                  year and the denominator is the Participant's  account balance
                  attributable  to  Elective  Deferrals  without  regard  to any
                  income or loss occurring during such taxable year.

3.2      EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      EMPLOYER  MATCHING.  To the extent  provided  in the  Adoption
                  Agreement,  and subject to the limitation on Annual  Additions
                  as described in Article V of the Plan,  for any Plan Year, the
                  Employer  shall  contribute  to the  Plan  on  behalf  of each
                  eligible  Participant  an  amount,  in the  form of  "Matching
                  Contributions",  equal to a percentage  of such  Participant's
                  Elective  Deferral  Contributions  and/or  Voluntary  Employee
                  Contributions.  Separate  subaccounts  shall be established to
                  account for and  distinguish  Matching  Contributions  made on
                  account  of  Elective  Deferral  Contributions  and  Voluntary
                  Employee  Contributions.  Matching  Contributions made to such
                  subaccount  on  behalf  of  a  Participant,  as  adjusted  for
                  withdrawals thereof, investment gain and losses, and income or
                  expenses,   shall  constitute  such   Participant's   Employer
                  Matching Contributions Account. A Participant's eligibility to
                  share in Employer Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall
                  be determined in accordance  with the Adoption  Agreement.  To
                  the extent  provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  any Matching
                  Contributions made under this Section 3.2(a) on behalf of such
                  Participant  during the Plan Year,  which are  attributable to
                  Excess Deferrals, shall be deemed forfeited.

                  Matching  Contributions  shall be  vested in  accordance  with
                  Section  6(d)(2)  of the  Adoption  Agreement.  In any  event,
                  Matching   Contributions  shall  be  fully  vested  at  Normal
                  Retirement  Age, upon the complete or partial  termination  of
                  the profit  sharing plan, or upon the complete  discontinuance
                  of Employer contributions.



                                      -18-

<PAGE>
                  Matching  Contributions  attributable to excess deferrals will
                  be  forfeited  and applied in the same  manner as  forfeitures
                  under Section 8(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

         (b)      OTHER EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTIONS.  To the extent  provided in the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  and subject to the  limitation on Annual
                  Additions as described in Article V of the Plan,  for any Plan
                  Year, the Employer may make a  discretionary  contribution  to
                  the Plan in such amount as the  Employer  may  determine.  Any
                  such Employer contribution shall be allocated to each eligible
                  Participant's  Discretionary Employer Contributions Account in
                  the same proportion as such  Participant's  Compensation bears
                  to  the  Compensation  of  all   Participants.   Discretionary
                  Employer  Contributions  made on behalf of a  Participant,  as
                  adjusted for withdrawals thereof,  investment gain and losses,
                  and income or expenses,  shall  constitute such  Participant's
                  Discretionary  Employer Contributions Account. A Participant's
                  eligibility to share in Employer  Discretionary  contributions
                  shall be determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

         (c)      PAYMENT.  All  Employer  contributions  made  pursuant to this
                  Section  3.2 of the Plan  shall  become due on the last day in
                  such Plan  Year,  unless  actually  paid  prior  thereto.  The
                  Employer  shall pay to the Trustee all Employer  contributions
                  not  later  than the due date  (including  extensions)  of the
                  Employer's  federal  income tax return  for the  taxable  year
                  ending with or within the Plan Year.

         (d)      QUALIFIED MATCHING  CONTRIBUTIONS.  If elected by the Employer
                  in the Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer will make  Qualified
                  Matching   Contributions  to  the  Plan.  "Qualified  Matching
                  Contributions"  shall mean  Matching  Contributions  which are
                  subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements
                  under 401(k) of the Code when made. A separate  account  shall
                  be  established  for that portion of a  Participant's  Accrued
                  Benefit attributable to such Qualified Matching  Contributions
                  and  each  separate  account,   as  adjusted  for  withdrawals
                  thereof,  investment  gain and losses  and income or  expenses
                  shall  constitute  such   Participant's   Qualified   Matching
                  Contributions Account. A Participant shall at all times have a
                  nonforfeitable    interest   in   his    Qualified    Matching
                  Contributions Account.

                  The Employer  shall pay to the Trustee all Qualified  Matching
                  Contributions  no later than  thirty (30) days after the close
                  of the Plan Year for which such contributions are deemed to be
                  made, or such other time as provided in applicable regulations
                  under the Code.

3.3      VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

         To the extent  provided in the  Adoption  Agreement  and subject to the
         limitation  on Annual  Additions as described in Article V of the Plan,
         for any Plan Year, a Participant shall be


                                      -19-

<PAGE>
         permitted to make voluntary nondeductible Employee contributions to the
         Plan.   Such    Participant's    voluntary    nondeductible    Employee
         contributions, as adjusted for withdrawals thereof, investment gain and
         losses and  income or  expenses  shall  constitute  such  Participant's
         Voluntary Employee  Contributions  Account.  A Participant's  Voluntary
         Employee  Contributions may be made through payroll deduction or in any
         other manner  acceptable  to the Employer.  A Participant  shall at all
         times  have  a  nonforfeitable   interest  in  his  Voluntary  Employee
         Contributions Account.

3.4      CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.

         To the extent  provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer shall
         make all  contributions  to the  Plan  without  regard  to  current  or
         accumulated  earnings  and profits for the taxable year or years ending
         with or within such Plan Year. Not withstanding the foregoing, the Plan
         shall  continue to be designed to qualify as a profit  sharing plan for
         purposes of sections 401(a), 402 and 417 of the Code. In no event shall
         Employer contributions in the aggregate exceed fifteen percent (15%) of
         all  Participants'  Compensation or such greater amount  deductible for
         federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code.

3.5      PAYROLL TAXES.

         The Employer shall withhold from the Compensation of each  Participant,
         any FICA or other  payroll taxes as the Employer  determines  necessary
         with respect to salary deferral contributions.

3.6      ROLLOVERS AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS.

         To the extent provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  a Covered  Employee
         may pay over to the  Trust an  amount  which  constitutes  a  qualified
         rollover contribution under section 402(a)(5) or 408(d)(3) of the Code.
         Also, to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee may
         accept a direct  transfer  of funds,  which meets the  requirements  of
         1.411(d)-(6), from, or make a direct transfer of funds to, a plan which
         the Trustee reasonably believes to be qualified under section 401(a) of
         the Code in which a Covered  Employee  was, is or will  become,  as the
         case may be, a  Participant.  Any such rollover or transfer to the Plan
         shall constitute a part of the Covered Employee's Accrued Benefit under
         the Plan,  shall be accounted for  separately and shall be fully vested
         at all times.

         If a rollover or transfer is made by or on behalf of a Covered Employee
         who has not yet become a Participant,  his Rollover or Transfer Account
         shall  constitute his entire Accrued  Benefit (and his sole interest in
         the Plan) and he shall not be considered  to be a  Participant  for any
         other purpose of the Plan until he meets the  eligibility  requirements
         specified in the Adoption Agreement.



                                      -20-

<PAGE>
3.7      AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST UNDER SECTION401(K) OF THE
         CODE.

         (a)      GENERAL  TESTS.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions in the
                  Plan,  for any Plan Year,  the Employer  shall be permitted to
                  limit  the  amount   which  may  be  deferred  by  any  Highly
                  Compensated  Employee (as defined in Article I of the Plan) to
                  the extent  necessary to ensure that the Plan satisfies one of
                  the following tests:

               (i)         The Average Actual  Deferral  Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year  shall not exceed  the  Average  Actual
                           Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                           Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan Year
                           multiplied by 1.25; or

               (ii)        the Average Actual  Deferral  Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year  shall not exceed  the  Average  Actual
                           Percentage   for   Eligible   Participants   who  are
                           Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan Year
                           multiplied  by two (2),  provided  that  the  Average
                           Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible  Participants
                           who are Highly Compensated  Employees does not exceed
                           the Average Actual  Deferral  Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                           by more than two (2) percentage points.

         (b)      DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Section 3.7 of the Plan, the
                  following definitions shall apply:

                  (i)      ACTUAL  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  (ADP) shall mean, for a
                           specified    group   of    --------------------------
                           Participants  for a Plan  Year,  the  average  of the
                           ratio  (calculated  separated for each Participant in
                           such   group)   of  (1)  the   amount   of   Employer
                           contributions  actually  paid  over to the  Trust  on
                           behalf of such  Participant  for the Plan Year to (2)
                           Participant's   Compensation   for  such   Plan  Year
                           (whether or not the  Employee was a  Participant  for
                           the entire  Plan  Year).  Employer  contributions  on
                           behalf  of any  Participant  shall  include:  (1) any
                           Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant's
                           deferral   election    (including   Excess   Elective
                           Deferrals  of  Highly  Compensated  Employees),   but
                           excluding (a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-Highly
                           Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective
                           Deferrals  made  under  the  Plan  or  plans  of this
                           Employer,  and (b) Elective  Deferrals that are taken
                           into  account  in the  Contribution  Percentage  test
                           (provided  the ADP test is  satisfied  both  with and
                           without exclusion of these Elective  Deferrals);  and
                           (2) at the election of the Employer,  Qualified  Non-
                           Elective   Contributions   and   Qualified   Matching
                           Contributions.   For  purposes  of  computing  Actual
                           Deferral  Percentages,  an  Employee  who  would be a
                           Participant  but for  the  failure  to make  Elective
                           Deferrals  shall be treated as a Participant on whose
                           behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.


                                      -21-

<PAGE>
                  (ii)     AVERAGE  ACTUAL  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  shall mean the
                           average  (expressed  as a  percentage)  of the Actual
                           Deferral Percentages of the Eligible  Participants in
                           a group of either  Highly  Compensated  Employees  or
                           Non- Highly Compensated Employees.

                  (iii)    Eligible  Participant  shall mean any Employee of the
                           Employer who is otherwise eligible under the Adoption
                           Agreement  to have  Elective  Deferrals  or Qualified
                           Non-Elective  Contributions  allocated to his account
                           for the Plan Year.

         (c) SPECIAL RULES. The following special rules shall apply for purposes
             of Section 3.7:

                  (i)      For  purposes of this  Section  3.7 of the Plan,  the
                           Actual   Deferral   Percentage   for   any   Eligible
                           Participant who is a Highly Compensated  Employee for
                           the Plan Year and who is  eligible  to have  Elective
                           Deferrals or Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions or
                           Qualified  Matching  Contributions  allocated  to his
                           account  under two or more  plans,  or  arrangements,
                           described  in  section  401(k)  of the Code  that are
                           maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated  Employer
                           shall  be   determined   as  if  all  such   Elective
                           Deferrals,  Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions and
                           Qualified  Matching  Contributions  were made under a
                           single arrangement.  If a Highly Compensated Employee
                           participates   in  two  or  more  cash  or   deferred
                           arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash
                           or  deferred  arrangements  ending with or within the
                           same  calendar  year  shall  be  treated  as a single
                           arrangement.

                  (ii)     For  purposes  of  determining  the  Actual  Deferral
                           Percentage of a Participant  who is a 5-percent owner
                           or one of the ten most highly paid Highly Compensated
                           Employees,  the  Elective  Deferrals  (and  Qualified
                           Non-Elective   Contributions  or  Qualified  Matching
                           Contributions   or  both,   if  treated  as  Elective
                           Deferrals   for   purposes   of  the  ADP  test)  and
                           Compensation  of such  Participant  shall include the
                           Elective  Deferrals  (and  if  applicable,  Qualified
                           Non-Elective  Contributions  and  Qualified  Matching
                           Contributions  or both) and Compensation for the Plan
                           Year  of  Family   Members  (as  defined  in  section
                           414(q)(6) of the Code). Family Members,  with respect
                           to  such  Highly  Compensated  Employees,   shall  be
                           disregarded as separate  Employees in determining the
                           Actual Deferral  Percentage both for Participants who
                           are   Non-Highly   Compensated   Employees   and  for
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

                  (iii)    For purposes of  determining  the ADP test,  Elective
                           Deferrals,  Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions and
                           Qualified Matching  Contributions must be made before
                           the last day of the twelve-month  period  immediately
                           following  the  Plan  Year  to  which   contributions
                           relate.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>
                  (iv)     The Employer  shall  maintain  records  sufficient to
                           demonstrate  satisfaction  of the  ADP  test  and the
                           amount of  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or
                           Qualified  Matching  Contributions,  or both, used in
                           such test.

                  (v)      The  determination  and  treatment  of  the  Elective
                           Deferrals,   Qualified  Non-Elective   Contributions,
                           Qualified Matching  Contributions and Actual Deferral
                           Percentage  of any  Participant  shall  satisfy  such
                           other  requirements  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the
                           Secretary of the Treasury.

                  (vi)     In  the   event   that  this   Plan   satisfies   the
                           requirements of section  401(k),  401(a)(4) or 410(b)
                           of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                           plans,  or if one or more  other  plans  satisfy  the
                           requirements  of such  sections  of the Code  only if
                           aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
                           applied by determining the ADP of Employees as if all
                           such  plans  were  a  single  plan.  For  Plan  Years
                           beginning  after  December  31,  1989,  plans  may be
                           aggregated in order to satisfy  section 401(k) of the
                           Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

         (d)      DISTRIBUTION  OF  EXCESS  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding  any
                  other provisions of this  ------------------------------------
                  Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
                  allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last
                  day of each Plan Year to  Participants  to whose accounts such
                  Excess  Contributions  were  allocated for the preceding  Plan
                  Year.  If such  excess  amounts  are  distributed  more that 2
                  1/2months  after the last day of the Plan  Year in which  such
                  excess  amounts  arose, a ten percent (10%) excise tax will be
                  imposed on the Employer  maintaining  the Plan with respect to
                  such  amounts.  Such  distributions  shall  be made to  Highly
                  Compensation Employees on the basis of the respective portions
                  of the  Excess  Contributions  attributable  to  each  of such
                  Employees.   Excess   Contributions   shall  be  allocated  to
                  Participants who are subject to the Family Member  aggregation
                  rules  of  section   414(q)(6)  of  the  Code  in  the  manner
                  prescribed  by  the  regulations.   Excess   Contributions  of
                  Participants who are subject to the Family Member  aggregation
                  rules  shall  be  allocated   among  the  Family   Members  in
                  proportion to the Elective  Deferrals (and amounts  treated as
                  Elective  Deferrals) of each Family Member that is combined to
                  determine the combined ADP.

                  Excess Contributions  (including the amounts  recharacterized)
                  shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

                  Determination of Income or Loss: Excess Contributions shall be
                  adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable
                  to Excess Contributions is the income or loss allocable to the
                  Participant's  Elective  Deferral Account (and, if applicable,
                  the  Qualified  Non-Elective   Contributions  Account  or  the
                  Qualified Matching Contributions Account or both) for the Plan
                  Year multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is such
                  Participant's Excess Contributions for the year and the


                                      -23-

<PAGE>
                  denominator is the Participant's  account balance attributable
                  to   Elective   Deferrals   (and   Qualified   Non-   Elective
                  Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if
                  any of  such  contributions  are  included  in the  ADP  test)
                  without  regard to any income or loss  occurring  during  such
                  Plan Year.

                  Accounting  for  Excess  Contributions:  Excess  Contributions
                  shall be distributed from the Participant's  Elective Deferral
                  Account  and  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  Account  (if
                  applicable)  in  proportion  to  the  Participant's   Elective
                  Deferrals and Qualified Matching  Contributions (to the extent
                  used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess  Contributions
                  shall  be  distributed   from  the   Participant's   Qualified
                  Non-Elective  Contributions  Account  only to the extent  that
                  such   Excess   Contributions   exceed  the   balance  in  the
                  Participant's Elective Deferral Account and Qualified Matching
                  Contributions Account.

                  Definition:

                           "Excess  Contributions"  shall mean,  with respect to
                           any Plan Year, the excess of:

                  (i)      The  aggregate   amount  of  Employer   contributions
                           actually  taken into account in computing  the ADP of
                           Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                  (ii)     The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by
                           the ADP test  (determined  by reducing  contributions
                           made on  behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employees  in
                           order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such
                           percentages).

         (e)      RECHARACTERIZATION.  If the Employer elects to allow Voluntary
                  Employee  ------------------  Contributions  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement Section 6(e)(1),  a Participant may treat his or her
                  Excess   Contributions   as  an  amount   distributed  to  the
                  Participant  and then  contributed  by the  Participant to the
                  Plan.  Recharacterized  amounts will remain nonforfeitable and
                  subject  to the same  distribution  requirements  as  Elective
                  Deferrals.  Amounts  may not be  recharacterized  by a  Highly
                  Compensated  Employee  to  the  extent  that  such  amount  in
                  combination  with other  Employee  Contributions  made by that
                  Employee  would  exceed  any  stated  limit  under the Plan on
                  Employee Contributions.

                  Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1/2 months after
                  the  last  day  of  the  Plan  Year  in  which   such   Excess
                  Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier than the
                  date the last  Highly  Compensated  Employee  is  informed  in
                  writing of the  amount  recharacterized  and the  consequences
                  thereof.  Recharacterized  amounts  will  be  taxable  to  the
                  Participant  for  the  Participant's  tax  year in  which  the
                  Participant would have received them in cash.


                                      -24-

<PAGE>
         (f)      QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  In lieu of distributing
                  Excess Contributions  ------------------------------------  as
                  provided in Section 3.7(d) above,  and to the extent  provided
                  in the Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer may make  Qualified
                  Non-Elective  Contributions on behalf of Employees as provided
                  in  the  Adoption   Agreement.   In   addition,   in  lieu  of
                  distributing  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  as provided in
                  Section  3.8 of the Plan,  and to the  extent  elected  by the
                  Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer  may make
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly
                  Compensated  Employees  that are  sufficient to satisfy either
                  the   Actual   Deferral   Percentage   test  or  the   Average
                  Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations
                  under the Code.

                  Definition:

                           "Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions"  shall  mean
                           contributions  (other than Matching  Contributions or
                           Qualified   Matching   Contributions)   made  by  the
                           Employer and allocated to Participant's accounts that
                           the  Participant  may not  elect to  receive  in cash
                           until   distributed   from   the   Plan,   that   are
                           nonforfeitable  when made and that are  distributable
                           only in accordance with the  distribution  provisions
                           that  are   applicable  to  Elective   Deferrals  and
                           Qualified Matching Contributions.

3.8      LIMITATIONS   ON   EMPLOYEE   CONTRIBUTIONS   AND   EMPLOYER   MATCHING
         CONTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      GENERAL  TESTS.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions in the
                  Plan,  for any Plan Year,  the Employer  shall be permitted to
                  limit the  contributions,  as described in Sections 3.2(a) and
                  3.3 of the Plan,  for any Highly  Compensated  Employee to the
                  extent  necessary to ensure that the Plan satisfies one of the
                  following tests:

                  (i)      the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  for  Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the  Plan  Year   shall  not   exceed   the   Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan
                           Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                  (ii)     the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  for  Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the  Plan  Year   shall  not   exceed   the   Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan
                           Year  multiplied  by 2,  provided  that  the  Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are Highly Compensated  Employees does not exceed the
                           Average   Contribution    Percentage   for   Eligible
                           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                           by more than two (2) percentage points.



                                      -25-

<PAGE>
         (b)      DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Section 3.8 of the Plan, the
                  following definitions shall apply:

                  (i)      AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION  PERCENTAGE (ACP) shall mean the
                           average   (expressed   as  a   percentage)   of   the
                           Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants
                           in a group.

                  (ii)     CONTRIBUTION   PERCENTAGE   shall   mean  the   ratio
                           (expressed  as a  percentage)  of  the  Participant's
                           Contribution  Percentage Amounts to the Participant's
                           Compensation  for the Plan Year  (whether  or not the
                           Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year).

                  (iii)    ELIGIBLE  PARTICIPANT  shall mean any Employee who is
                           eligible   to  make   --------------------   Employee
                           Contributions   or  an  Elective   Deferral  (if  the
                           Employer takes such contributions into account in the
                           calculation  of the  Contribution  Percentage)  or to
                           receive   a    Matching    Contribution    (including
                           forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If
                           an Employee  Contribution  is required as a condition
                           of  participation in the Plan, any Employee who would
                           be a  Participant  in the Plan if such  Employee made
                           such a  contribution  shall be treated as an Eligible
                           Participant   on   behalf   of   whom   no   Employee
                           Contributions are made.

                  (iv)     AGGREGATE LIMIT shall mean the sum of (1) 125% of the
                           greater of the  Average  Deferral  Percentage  of the
                           Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year or
                           the Average  Contribution  Percentage  of  Non-Highly
                           Compensated  Employees  under  the  Plan  subject  to
                           section   401(m)  of  the  Code  for  the  Plan  Year
                           beginning  with or  within  the Plan Year of the CODA
                           and (2) the  lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of
                           such   Average   Deferral   Percentage   or   Average
                           Contribution Percentage.

                  (v)      CONTRIBUTIONS  PERCENTAGE  AMOUNTS shall mean the sum
                           of  the   Employee   --------------------------------
                           Contributions,  Matching  Contributions and Qualified
                           Matching  Contributions (to the extent not taken into
                           account  for   purposes   of  the  Average   Deferral
                           Percentage test) made under the Plan on behalf of the
                           Participant  for the  Plan  Year.  Such  Contribution
                           Percentage   Amounts   shall  not  include   Matching
                           Contributions  that are  forfeited  either to correct
                           Excess   Aggregate   Contributions   or  because  the
                           contributions   to  which  they   relate  are  Excess
                           Deferrals,  Excess  Contributions or Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions.   If  so  elected   in  the   Adoption
                           Agreement,   the  Employer   may  include   Qualified
                           Non-Elective   Contributions   in  the   Contribution
                           Percentage  Amounts.  The Employer  also may elect to
                           use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts so long as the  Average  Deferral  Percentage
                           test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in
                           the Actual Deferral  Percentage test and continues to
                           be met following the


                                      -26-

<PAGE>
                           exclusion of those  Elective  Deferrals that are used
                           to meet the Actual Deferral Percentage test.

                  (vi)     EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTION  shall  mean any  contribution
                           made to the  Plan by or on  behalf  of a  Participant
                           that is included in the Participant's gross income in
                           the year in which made and that is maintained under a
                           separate  account  to which  earnings  and losses are
                           allocated.

                  (vii)    MATCHING   CONTRIBUTION   shall   mean  an   Employer
                           contribution  made  to  this  or  any  other  defined
                           contribution  plan  on  behalf  of a  Participant  on
                           account  of an  Employee  Contribution  made  by such
                           Participant,   or  on  account  of  a   Participant's
                           Elective  Deferral,  under a plan  maintained  by the
                           Employer.

         (c) SPECIAL RULES. The following special rules shall apply for purposes
             of Section 3.8:

                  (i)      For  purposes of this  Section  3.8 of the Plan,  the
                           Contribution  Percentage for any Eligible Participant
                           who is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  for the Plan
                           Year   and  who  is   eligible   to   make   Employee
                           Contributions,   or  to  receive  Matching   Employer
                           Contributions,  allocated to his account under two or
                           more plans described in section 401(a) of the Code or
                           arrangements  described in section 401(k) of the Code
                           that are  maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated
                           Employer   shall  be   determined   as  if  all  such
                           contributions  were made  under a single  plan.  If a
                           Highly  Compensated  Employee  participates in two or
                           more  cash  or   deferred   arrangements   that  have
                           different   Plan   Years,   all   cash  or   deferred
                           arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar
                           year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                  (ii)     In  the   event   that  this   Plan   satisfies   the
                           requirements of section  401(m),  401(a)(4) or 410(b)
                           of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                           plans,  or if one or more  other  plans  satisfy  the
                           requirements  of  section  410(b) of the Code only if
                           aggregated  with this Plan,  then this Section 3.8 of
                           the  Plan  shall  be  applied  by   determining   the
                           contribution  percentages of Eligible Participants as
                           if all such plans were a single plan.  For Plan Years
                           beginning  after  December  31,  1989,  plans  may be
                           aggregated in order to satisfy  section 401(m) of the
                           Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

                  (iii)    For   purposes  of   determining   the   Contribution
                           Percentage of a Participant  who is a 5-percent owner
                           or one of the ten most highly paid Highly Compensated
                           Employees,  the Contribution  Percentage  Amounts and
                           Compensation  of such  Participant  shall include the
                           Contribution  Percentage Amounts and Compensation for
                           the  Plan  Year of  Family  Members,  as  defined  in
                           section  414(q)(6) of the Code.  Family  Members with
                           respect  to Highly  Compensated  Employees,  shall be
                           disregarded as separate


                                      -27-

<PAGE>
                           Employees in determining the Contribution  Percentage
                           for  Participants  who  are  Non-Highly   Compensated
                           Employees  and  for   Participants   who  are  Highly
                           Compensated Employees.

                  (iv)     The  determination  and treatment of the Contribution
                           Percentage  of any  Participant  shall  satisfy  such
                           other  requirements  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the
                           Secretary of the Treasury.

                  (v)      Multiple  Use:  If one  or  more  Highly  Compensated
                           Employees  participate  in  both  a  CODA  and a plan
                           subject to the Average  Contribution  Percentage test
                           maintained by the Employer and the sum of the Average
                           Deferral   Percentage   and   Average    Contribution
                           Percentage  of  those  Highly  Compensated  Employees
                           subject to either or both test exceeds the  Aggregate
                           Limit,  then the Average  Contribution  Percentage of
                           those   Highly   Compensated   Employees   who   also
                           participate in a CODA will be reduced (beginning with
                           such  Highly   Compensated   Employee  whose  Average
                           Contribution  Percentage  is the highest) so that the
                           limit is not  exceeded.  The  amount  by  which  each
                           Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts  is  reduced  shall be  treated  as an Excess
                           Aggregate   Contribution.    The   Average   Deferral
                           Percentage and Average Contribution Percentage of the
                           Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any
                           corrections  required  to meet the  Average  Deferral
                           Percentage and Average Contribution Percentage tests.
                           Multiple  use  does not  occur  if both  the  Average
                           Deferral   Percentage   and   Average    Contribution
                           Percentage of the Highly  Compensated  Employees does
                           not exceed 1.25  multiplied  by the Average  Deferral
                           Percentage and Average Contribution Percentage of the
                           Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                  (vi)     For   purposes  of   determining   the   Contribution
                           Percentage   test,    Employee    Contributions   are
                           considered  to have  been  made in the  Plan  Year in
                           which    contributed    to   the   Trust.    Matching
                           Contributions and Qualified NonElective Contributions
                           will be  considered  made for a Plan  Year if made no
                           later  than  the  end  of  the  twelve-month   period
                           beginning  on the day  after  the  close  of the Plan
                           Year.

                  (vii)    The Employer  shall  maintain  records  sufficient to
                           demonstrate  satisfaction  of the  ACP  test  and the
                           amount of  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or
                           Qualified  Matching  Contributions,  or both, used in
                           such test.

         (d)      DISTRIBUTION     OF    EXCESS     AGGREGATE     CONTRIBUTIONS.
                  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Plan,  Excess
                  Aggregate  Contributions,  plus any  income and minus any loss
                  allocable thereto, shall be forfeited,  if forfeitable,  or if
                  not  forfeitable,  distributed  no later  than the last day of
                  each Plan Year to  Participants  to whose accounts such Excess
                  Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the


                                      -28-

<PAGE>
                  preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate  Contributions  shall be
                  allocated to Participants who are subject to the Family Member
                  aggregation  rules  of  section  414(q)(6)  of the Code in the
                  manner   prescribed  by  the  regulations.   Excess  Aggregate
                  Contributions  of  Participants  who are subject to the Family
                  Member  aggregation  rules  shall be  allocated  among  Family
                  Members  in   proportion   to  the   Employee   and   Matching
                  Contributions  (or amounts treated as Matching  Contributions)
                  of each  Family  Member  that is  combined  to  determine  the
                  combined  ACP.  If such  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  are
                  distributed  more than 2 1/2 months  after the last day of the
                  Plan Year in which such excess  amounts  arose,  a ten percent
                  (10%) excess tax will be imposed on the  Employer  maintaining
                  the Plan  with  respect  to those  amounts.  Excess  Aggregate
                  Contributions  shall be treated as Annual  Additions under the
                  Plan.

                  Determination   of   Income   or   Loss:    Excess   Aggregate
                  Contributions  shall be adjusted  for any income or loss.  The
                  income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate  Contributions is
                  the  income  or  loss  allocable  to the  Voluntary  Qualified
                  Employee Contribution  Account,  Matching Contribution Account
                  (if any,  and if all  amounts  therein are not used in the ADP
                  test) and, if applicable, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
                  Account  and  Elective  Deferral  Account  for the  Plan  Year
                  multiplied  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which is such
                  Participant's Excess Aggregate  Contributions for the year and
                  the  denominator  is  the  Participant's   account  balance(s)
                  attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts without regard
                  to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.

                  Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions:  Forfeitures of
                  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  may either be reallocated to
                  the accounts of Non-Highly Compensated Employees or applied to
                  reduce Employer  contributions,  as elected by the Employer in
                  Section 8(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  Accounting   for  Excess   Aggregate   Contributions:   Excess
                  Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or
                  distributed  on a pro rata basis from the  Voluntary  Employee
                  Contributions  Account,   Matching  Contribution  Account  and
                  Qualified Matching  Contributions Account (and, if applicable,
                  the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Contributions Account
                  or Elective Deferral Account, or
                  both).

                  Definitions:

                  "Excess Aggregate  Contributions"  shall mean, with respect to
                  any Plan Year, the excess of:

                  (i)      The aggregate  Contribution  Percentage Amounts taken
                           into  account  in  computing  the  numerator  of  the
                           Contribution  Percentage  actually  made on behalf of
                           Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over


                                      -29-

<PAGE>
                  (ii)     The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted
                           by the ACP test (determined by reducing contributions
                           made on  behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employees  in
                           order of  their  Contribution  Percentages  beginning
                           with the highest of such percentages).

                           Such   determination   shall  be  made  after   first
                           determining  Excess  Elective  Deferrals  pursuant to
                           Section 3.1 and then determining Excess Contributions
                           pursuant to Section 3.7.

                         ARTICLE IV. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS

4.1      ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

         Employer  Contributions  made pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan shall
         be allocated in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.


4.2      ALLOCATION OF NET EARNINGS OR LOSSES OF THE TRUST.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 of the Trust Agreement,  as of
         each Valuation  Date, the net earnings or losses of the Trust including
         capital gains and losses  whether or not realized,  since the preceding
         Valuation  Date  shall  be  allocated  to the  Accrued  Benefit  of all
         Participants (or  Beneficiaries) in accordance with the ratio which the
         Accrued Benefit of each Participant  bears to the aggregate of all such
         Accrued Benefits.

         Segregated  Accounts shall be valued separately and earnings and losses
         of each Segregated  Account shall be determined through separate annual
         valuations.

4.3      VALUATIONS.

         In  determining  the  earnings  or  losses  of the  Trust,  as of  each
         Valuation Date the Trust shall be valued at fair market value.

4.4      ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS.

         All withdrawals of Participant contributions, all distributions made to
         a  Participant  or  his  Beneficiary,  and  any  transfers  to  another
         qualified  plan shall be charged to the  appropriate  subaccount of the
         Participant's Accrued Benefit.

4.5      SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.

         A separate  account shall be established  and maintained to reflect the
         Accrued Benefit for each  Participant,  with  subaccounts to separately
         show the division described in Section 1.1 of the Plan.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>
4.6      INVESTMENT OF FUNDS.

         (a)      INVESTMENT CONTROL.

                  Subject to the provisions of subsections  (b) and (c)below and
                  only to the extent accepted by the Trustee, the management and
                  control of the Trust shall be vested in the Trustee.

         (b)      INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS.

                  The Trustee shall invest all funds  received from the Employer
                  and all Fund earnings in the Investment  Options in the manner
                  from  time  to  time  directed  in  writing  by the  Employer,
                  provided  that  (i) if the T.  Rowe  Price  Trust  Company  is
                  Trustee, one hundred percent (100%) of the total contributions
                  and any earnings  thereon  must be invested in the  Investment
                  Options,  or (ii) if the  Trustee  is other  than the T.  Rowe
                  Price Trust  Company,  no more than fifty percent (50%) of the
                  total  contributions  received  by the  Trustee  and  earnings
                  thereon may be invested in assets,  as  described in the Trust
                  Agreement, other than the Investment Options.

         (c)      PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS.

                  If provided in the Adoption Agreement,  Participants,  subject
                  to such reasonable restrictions as the Employer or Sponsor may
                  impose for  administrative  convenience,  may  designate  what
                  percentage  of  all  contributions  will  be  invested  in the
                  Investment  Options  provided  that (i) if the T.  Rowe  Price
                  Trust Company is the Trustee,  one hundred  percent  (100%) of
                  the  total  contributions  and any  earnings  thereon  must be
                  invested in the Investment  Options, or (ii) if the Trustee is
                  other than the T. Rowe Price Trust Company, no more than fifty
                  percent  (50%)  of the  total  contributions  received  by the
                  Trustee  and  earnings  thereon  may be  invested in assets as
                  described in the Trust  Agreement,  other than the  Investment
                  Options.  The Employer must complete a schedule of Participant
                  designations.

         (d)      PARTICIPANT ELECTION.

                  If the Adoption  Agreement  provides for Participant  directed
                  investments,  and if a  Participant  does not  make a  written
                  designation of an Investment Option, the Employer shall direct
                  the Trustee to invest all amounts  held or received on account
                  of such  Participant  in the  Investment  Option  which in the
                  opinion of the Employer best protects principal.

         (e)      EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

                  If provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer  and/or
                  Participants may direct that contributions will be invested in
                  Qualifying Employer Securities (within


                                      -31-

<PAGE>
                  the meaning of section  407(d)(5)  of ERISA),  subject to such
                  restrictions  as the Employer,  the Trustee or the Sponsor may
                  impose for administrative convenience or legal compliance. The
                  Employer and/or Participants, as the case may be, must provide
                  such  directions  in a form  satisfactory  to the Sponsor.  If
                  agreed to in writing  between the  Sponsor  and the  Employer,
                  contributions invested in Qualifying Employer Securities shall
                  not be  considered in applying the limits on  investments  set
                  forth in subsections (b) and (c) above.

         (f)      FACILITATION.

                  Notwithstanding  any  instruction  from  any  Participant  for
                  investment  of funds in an  Investment  Option as provided for
                  herein,  the Trustee  shall have the right to hold  uninvested
                  any  amounts  intended  for  investment  until  such  time  as
                  investment may be made in accordance  with subsection (b), (c)
                  or (e) above and the Trust Agreement.

                      ARTICLE V. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

5.1      PARTICIPANTS NOT COVERED UNDER OTHER PLANS.

         (a)      If the  Participant  does not  participate  in,  and has never
                  participated  in  another  qualified  plan  maintained  by the
                  Employer,  or a welfare  benefit  fund (as  defined in section
                  419(e)  of  the  Code)  maintained  by  the  Employer,  or  an
                  individual medical account (as defined in section 415(1)(2) of
                  the Code),  maintained  by the  Employer,  which  provides  an
                  Annual Addition (as defined in Section 5.4 below),  the amount
                  of Annual  Additions  which  may be  credited  to the  Accrued
                  Benefit of the  Participant  for any Limitation Year shall not
                  exceed the  lesser of the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount or any
                  other limitation  contained in this Plan. If contributions for
                  and/or  allocations to the Accrued  Benefit of the Participant
                  would cause the Annual  Additions for the  Limitation  Year to
                  exceed the Maximum  Permissible Amount, the amount contributed
                  or  allocated  will be reduced  to the extent  that the Annual
                  Additions  for the  Limitation  Year will  equal  the  Maximum
                  Permissible Amount.

         (b)      Prior to determining a Participant's  actual  Compensation for
                  the  Limitation  Year,  the Employer may determine the Maximum
                  Permissible  Amount  for the  Participant  on the  basis  of a
                  reasonable  estimation of the  Participant's  Compensation for
                  the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants
                  similarly situated.

         (c)      As soon as is  administratively  feasible after the end of the
                  Limitation  Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for  the
                  Limitation  Year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.



                                      -32-

<PAGE>
         (d)      If, for any Limitation  Year the maximum  Annual  Additions is
                  exceeded by reason of allocation of forfeitures,  a reasonable
                  error in estimating a Participant's Compensation, a reasonable
                  error in determining the amount of Elective Deferrals or under
                  other limited facts and circumstances approved by the Internal
                  Revenue Service, then, any such excess shall be disposed of in
                  the following order:

                  (i)      any Voluntary Employee Contributions,  and any income
                           attributable thereto, to the extent they would reduce
                           the  excess   amount,   shall  be   returned  to  the
                           Participant;

                  (ii)     any deferrals,  and any income attributable  thereto,
                           to the extent  they would  reduce the excess  amount,
                           shall be returned to the Participant;

                  (iii)    if after the  application  of paragraph (i) an excess
                           amount still exists,  and the  Participant is covered
                           by the Plan at the end of the  Limitation  Year,  the
                           excess amount in the  Participant's  account shall be
                           used to reduce Employer contributions  (including any
                           allocation of  forfeitures)  for such  Participant in
                           the  next   Limitation   Year,  and  each  succeeding
                           Limitation Year, if necessary;

                  (iv)     if after the  application  of paragraph (i) an excess
                           amount  still  exists,  and  the  Participant  is not
                           covered  by the  Plan  at the  end of the  Limitation
                           Year, the excess amount shall be held  unallocated in
                           a suspense  account.  The suspense  account  shall be
                           used   to   reduce   future   Employer   contribution
                           (including  allocation  of any  forfeitures)  for all
                           remaining  Participants in the next Limitation  Year,
                           and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                  (v)      if a  suspense  account is in  existence  at any time
                           during the Limitation  Year pursuant to this Section,
                           no investment  gains or losses or other income may be
                           allocated to such suspense account,  and amounts held
                           in  the  account  may  not  be   distributed  to  the
                           Participants or Beneficiaries.  Any balance which may
                           be in the account upon  termination of the Plan shall
                           revert to the Employer.  If a suspense  account is in
                           existence at any time during a particular  Limitation
                           Year,  all amounts in the  suspense  account  must be
                           allocated and reallocated to  Participants'  accounts
                           before any Employer or any Employee contributions may
                           be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.  Excess
                           amounts may not be  distributed  to  Participants  or
                           former Participants.

5.2      PARTICIPANTS COVERED UNDER OTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.

         (a)      This  Section  applies  if,  in  addition  to this  Plan,  the
                  Participant  is  covered  under  another  qualified  master or
                  prototype   defined   contribution   plan  maintained  by  the
                  Employer, a welfare benefit fund (as defined in section 419(e)
                  of the Code)


                                      -33-

<PAGE>
                  maintained by the Employer,  or an individual  medical account
                  (as defined in section  415(1)(2) of the Code)  maintained  by
                  the Employer,  which provides an Annual Addition as defined in
                  Section  5.4(a),   during  any  Limitation  Year.  The  Annual
                  Additions  which may be credited  to the Accrued  Benefit of a
                  Participant under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall
                  not  exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  reduced by the
                  Annual  Additions   credited  to  the  Accrued  Benefit  of  a
                  Participant  under the other plans and welfare  benefit  funds
                  for the same  Limitation  Year. If the Annual  Additions  with
                  respect to the  Participant  under other defined  contribution
                  plans and welfare  funds  maintained  by the Employer are less
                  than  the  Maximum   Permissible   Amount  and  the   Employer
                  contributions that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
                  to the  Accrued  Benefit  of the  Participant  under this Plan
                  would cause the Annual  Additions for the  Limitation  Year to
                  exceed the Maximum  Permissible Amount, the amount contributed
                  or  allocated  will be reduced  so that the  Annual  Additions
                  under all plans and funds for the Limitation  Year shall equal
                  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount.  If Annual  Additions  with
                  respect  to  the   Participant   under   such  other   defined
                  contribution  plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate
                  are equal to or greater than the Maximum  Permissible  Amount,
                  no amount  will be  contributed  or  allocated  to the Accrued
                  Benefit of the Participant  under this Plan for the Limitation
                  Year.

         (b)      Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for
                  the  Limitation  Year,  the Employer may determine the Maximum
                  Permissible  Amount for a Participant in the manner  described
                  in Section 5.1(b).

         (c)      As  soon as  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
                  Limitation  Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for  the
                  Limitation  Year  shall  be  determined  on the  basis  of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

         (d)      If pursuant to Section 5.2(c) or as a result of the allocation
                  of forfeitures,  a Participant's  Annual  Additions under this
                  Plan and such other plans would result in an excess amount for
                  a  Limitation  Year,  the  excess  amount  shall be  deemed to
                  consist of the Annual  Additions last  allocated,  except that
                  Annual  Additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit fund or
                  individual  medical  account  will  be  deemed  to  have  been
                  allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

         (e)      If an excess  amount  was  allocated  to a  Participant  on an
                  allocation   date  of  this  Plan  which   coincides  with  an
                  allocation date of another plan, the excess amount  attributed
                  to this Plan will be the product of:

                  (i)      the total excess amount allocated as of such date,

                  (ii)     the ratio of (1) the Annual  Additions  allocated  to
                           the  Participant  for the Limitation  Year as of such
                           date under this Plan to (2) the total Annual


                                      -34-

<PAGE>
                           Additions   allocated  to  the  Participant  for  the
                           Limitation  Year as of such date  under  this and all
                           the  other  qualified  master  or  prototype  defined
                           contribution plans.

         (f)      Any excess amount attributed to this Plan shall be disposed of
                  in the manner described in Section 5.1(d).

         (g)      If the Participant is covered under another  qualified defined
                  contribution  plan  maintained by the Employer  which is not a
                  master  or  prototype  plan,  Annual  Additions  which  may be
                  credited to the Participant's  account under this Plan for any
                  Limitation  Year will be limited in  accordance  with Sections
                  (a)  through  (f) above as though the other plan were a master
                  or  prototype   plan  unless  the  Employer   provides   other
                  limitations in Section 16 of the Adoption Agreement.

5.3      PARTICIPANTS   COVERED   UNDER  BOTH   DEFINED   BENEFIT   AND  DEFINED
         CONTRIBUTION PLANS.

         If the  Employer  maintains,  or at any time  maintained,  a  qualified
         defined  benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of
         the  Participant's  Defined Benefit  Fraction and Defined  Contribution
         Fraction  shall not  exceed  1.0 in any  Limitation  Year.  The  Annual
         Additions which may be credited to the Accrued Benefit of a Participant
         under this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will be limited in accordance
         with Section 16 of the Adoption Agreement.

5.4      DEFINITIONS.

         For  purposes of Section 5.1 through  5.3,  the  following  definitions
         shall apply:

         (a)      ANNUAL ADDITIONS for a Limitation Year shall mean the sum of;

                  (i)      Employer Contributions,

                  (ii)     Employee Contributions,

                  (iii)    forfeitures, and

                  (iv)     amounts  allocated,  after  March  31,  1984,  to  an
                           individual  medical  account,  as  defined in section
                           415(1)(2) of the Code,  which is part of a pension or
                           annuity plan maintained by the Employer,  are treated
                           as Annual Additions to a defined  contribution  plan.
                           Also  amounts  derived  from  contributions  paid  or
                           accrued  after  December 31, 1985,  in taxable  years
                           ending  after such date,  which are  attributable  to
                           post-retirement  medical  benefits,  allocated to the
                           separate  account  of a Key  Employee,  as defined in
                           section  419A(d)(3)  of the  Code,  under  a  welfare
                           benefit fund,


                                      -35-

<PAGE>
                           as defined in section 419(e) of the Code,  maintained
                           by the Employer are treated as Annual  Additions to a
                           defined contribution plan.

                           For this  purpose,  any excess  amount  applied under
                           Section 5.1 or 5.2 in the  Limitation  Year to reduce
                           Employer  contributions  will  be  considered  Annual
                           Additions for such Limitation Year.

         (b)      COMPENSATION shall mean a Participant's Earned Income,  wages,
                  salaries and fees for professional  services and other amounts
                  received for personal services actually rendered in the course
                  of  employment   with  the  Employer   maintaining   the  Plan
                  (including,  but not limited to,  commissions  paid  salesmen,
                  Compensation  for  services  on the basis of a  percentage  of
                  profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses),
                  and excluding the following:

                  (i)      Employer   contributions   to  a  plan  of   deferred
                           Compensation   which  are  not   includible   in  the
                           Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
                           contributed,   or  Employer   contributions  under  a
                           simplified  Employee  pension plan to the extent such
                           contributions are deductible by the Employee,  or any
                           distributions from a plan of deferred Compensation;

                  (ii)     amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified
                           stock option,  or when restricted stock (or property)
                           held   by  the   Employee   either   becomes   freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture;

                  (iii)    amounts  realized  from the sale,  exchange  or other
                           disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option; and

                  (iv)     other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                           contributions  made by the  Employer  (whether or not
                           under  a  salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the
                           purchase of an annuity described in section 403(b) of
                           the Code  (whether or not the  amounts  are  actually
                           excludible from the gross income of the Employee).

                  For  purposes of applying  the  limitations  of this  Article,
                  Compensation   for  a  Limitation  Year  is  the  Compensation
                  actually paid or includible in gross income during such year.

                  Notwithstanding the above,  Compensation for a Participant who
                  is  permanently  and totally  disabled  (as defined in section
                  22(e)(3)  of the Code) is the  Compensation  such  Participant
                  would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant
                  had been  paid at the rate of  Compensation  paid  immediately
                  before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed
                  Compensation  for the disabled  Participant  may be taken into
                  account only if the Participant is not a


                                      -36-

<PAGE>
                  Highly  Compensated  Employee (as defined in section 414(q) of
                  the Code) and contributions made on behalf of such Participant
                  are nonforfeitable when made.

         (c)      DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION shall mean a fraction,  the numerator
                  of  which  is the sum of the  Participant's  projected  annual
                  benefit  under  all  defined  benefit  plans  (whether  or not
                  terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of
                  which is the lesser of one hundred  twenty-five percent (125%)
                  of the dollar  limitation  in effect for the  Limitation  Year
                  under section  415(b) and (d) of the Code or one hundred forty
                  percent (140%) of the Highest Average  Compensation  including
                  any adjustments under section 415(b) of the Code.

                  Notwithstanding   the  above,   if  the   Participant   was  a
                  Participant as of the first day of the first  Limitation  Year
                  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  in one or more defined
                  benefit  plans  maintained  by  the  Employer  which  were  in
                  existence on May 6, 1986,  the  denominator  of this  fraction
                  will not be less than 125% of the sum of the  annual  benefits
                  under such plans which the  Participant  had accrued as of the
                  close of the last Limitation Year beginning  before January 1,
                  1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of
                  the Plan after May 5, 1986.  The  preceding  sentence  applies
                  only if the  defined  benefit  plans  individually  and in the
                  aggregate  satisfied  the  requirements  of section 415 of the
                  Code for all  Limitation  Years  beginning  before  January 1,
                  1987.

         (d)      DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION  DOLLAR LIMITATION shall mean $30,000 or
                  if  greater,   one  fourth  of  the  defined   benefit  dollar
                  limitation  set forth in section  415(b)(1)  of the Code as in
                  effect for the Limitation Year.

         (e)      DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION  FRACTION  shall  mean a  fraction,  the
                  numerator of which is the ----------------------------- sum of
                  the Annual  Additions to the  Participant's  account under all
                  defined   contribution   plans  (whether  or  not  terminated)
                  maintained  by the  Employer  for the  current  and all  prior
                  Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions  attributable
                  to the Participant's  nondeductible  Employee Contributions to
                  all  defined   benefit  plans,   whether  or  not  terminated,
                  maintained   by  the   Employer   and  the  Annual   Additions
                  attributable  to all  welfare  benefit  funds,  as  defined in
                  section 419(e) of the Code, and individual  medical  accounts,
                  as defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code, maintained by the
                  Employer),  and the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the
                  maximum  aggregate  amount  for  the  current  and  all  prior
                  Limitation  Years of Service with the Employer  (regardless of
                  whether  a defined  contribution  plan was  maintained  by the
                  Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year
                  is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the
                  dollar  limitation  determined under section 415(b) and (d) of
                  the Code in effect under section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the Code or
                  thirty-five  percent (35%) of the  Participant's  Compensation
                  for such year.



                                      -37-

<PAGE>
                  If the Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of the first
                  day of the first  Limitation Year beginning after December 31,
                  1986, in one or more defined  contribution plans maintained by
                  the  Employer  which were in  existence  on May 6,  1986,  the
                  numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
                  fraction  and the defined  benefit  fraction  would  otherwise
                  exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment,
                  an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of
                  the  fractions  over 1.0  times  (2) the  denominator  of this
                  fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of
                  this  fraction.   The  adjustment  is  calculated   using  the
                  fractions  as they would be computed as of the end of the last
                  Limitation   Year  beginning   before  January  1,  1987,  and
                  disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions  of the
                  Plan  made  after May 5,  1986,  but  using  the  section  415
                  limitation  applicable to the first  Limitation Year beginning
                  on or after January 1, 1987.

                  Annual  Additions for any  Limitation  Year  beginning  before
                  January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee
                  Contributions as an Annual Addition.

         (f)      EMPLOYER  shall mean the Employer  that adopts this Plan,  and
                  all members of a -------- controlled group of corporations (as
                  defined in section  414(b) of the Code as  modified by section
                  415(h)  of  the  Code),  all  commonly  controlled  trades  or
                  businesses  (as  defined  in  section  414(c)  of the  Code as
                  modified by section 415(h) of the Code) or affiliated  service
                  groups (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the
                  adopting  Employer is a part and any other entity  required to
                  be aggregated with the Employer  pursuant to regulations under
                  section 414(o) of the Code.

         (g)      EXCESS  AMOUNT  shall  mean the  excess  of the  Participant's
                  Annual  Additions  for the  Limitation  Year over the  Maximum
                  Permissible Amount.

         (h)      HIGHEST   AVERAGE   COMPENSATION   shall   mean  the   average
                  Compensation  for the three  consecutive  Years of Service (as
                  measured  by the  Limitation  Year)  with  the  Employer  that
                  produces the highest average.

         (i)      LIMITATION  YEAR  shall  mean  a  calendar  year,  or  the  12
                  consecutive  month  period  elected  by  the  Employer  in the
                  Adoption  Agreement.  All  qualified  plans  maintained by the
                  Employer must use the same Limitation  Year. If the Limitation
                  Year is amended to a different 12  consecutive  month  period,
                  the new  Limitation  Year  must  begin  on a date  within  the
                  Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

         (j)      MASTER OR  PROTOTYPE  PLAN shall mean a plan the form of which
                  is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal
                  Revenue Service.



                                      -38-

<PAGE>
         (k)      MAXIMUM  PERMISSIBLE  AMOUNT  shall  mean the  maximum  Annual
                  Additions   that  may  be   contributed   or  allocated  to  a
                  Participant's  account under this Plan for any Limitation Year
                  shall not exceed the lesser of:

                  (i)      the defined contribution dollar limitation, or

                  (ii)     twenty-five   percent  (25%)  of  the   Participant's
                           Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                  The  Compensation  limitation  referred to in (ii) above shall
                  not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
                  meaning of section  401(h) or 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
                  otherwise   treated  as  an  Annual   Addition  under  section
                  415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                  If a short  Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
                  changing the  Limitation  Year to a different  12  consecutive
                  month period, the Maximum  Permissible Amount shall not exceed
                  the defined contribution dollar limitation,  multiplied by the
                  following fraction:

                  NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR
                                            12

         (l)      Projected  Annual  Benefit  shall mean the  annual  retirement
                  benefit (adjusted to an actuarially  equivalent  straight life
                  annuity if such  benefit is  expressed  in a form other than a
                  straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity)
                  to which a  Participant  would be entitled  under the terms of
                  the Plan assuming:

                  (i)      the Participant  will continue  employment  until the
                           Normal  Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age
                           if later), and

                  (ii)     the   Participant's   Compensation  for  the  current
                           Limitation  Year and all other relevant  factors used
                           to determine  benefits under the Plan remain constant
                           for all future Limitation Years.

5.5      CONTROL OF TRADES OR BUSINESSES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE.

         If  this  Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for  one or more
         Owner-Employees  who control  both the  business for which this Plan is
         established  and one or more other trades or businesses,  this Plan and
         the plan  established for other trades or businesses  must, when looked
         at as a single plan, satisfy section 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the
         Employees of this and all other trades or businesses.

         If the  Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for  one  or  more
         Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
         Employees of the other trades or


                                      -39-

<PAGE>
         businesses  must be included in a plan which  satisfies  section 401(a)
         and (d) of the Code and which provides  contributions  and benefits not
         less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

         If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
         or  more  trades  or  businesses  which  are  not  controlled  and  the
         individual  controls a trade or  business,  then the  contributions  or
         benefits of the  Employees  under the plan of the trades or  businesses
         which are  controlled  must be as favorable  as those  provided for him
         under the most  favorable  plan of the trade or  business  which is not
         controlled.


         For purposes of the preceding paragraphs,  an Owner Employee, or two or
         more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business
         if the Owner Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

         (a)      own  the  entire  interest  in  an  unincorporated   trade  or
                  business, or

         (b)      in the case of a partnership,  own more than 50% of either the
                  capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

         For purposes of the preceding  sentence,  an Owner-Employee,  or two or
         more  Owner-Employees  shall be  treated as owning  any  interest  in a
         partnership  which is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by a partnership
         which such  Owner-Employee,  or such two or more  Owner-Employees,  are
         considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                       ARTICLE VI. ENTITLEMENT TO BENEFITS

6.1      RETIREMENT.

         A  Participant  shall be deemed  to have  reached  retirement  upon his
         termination  of  employment  on or  after  the  first  to  occur of the
         following events:

         (a)      NORMAL RETIREMENT. Upon reaching his Normal Retirement Date as
                  determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

         (b)      EARLY  RETIREMENT.  To the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption
                  Agreement,   upon  reaching  his  Early   Retirement  Date  as
                  determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

         As of his Distribution Date, a retired Participant shall be entitled to
         the full value of his Accrued Benefit,  which shall be deemed to be one
         hundred  percent  (100%)  vested and  nonforfeitable  upon reaching his
         Normal Retirement Date (or Early Retirement Date if


                                      -40-

<PAGE>
         provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement)  whether or not the  Participant
         continues his employment with the Employer beyond such date.

6.2      DISABILITY.

         In the event that a Participant, at any time prior to his retirement or
         other termination of employment with the Employer, shall become totally
         and permanently disabled, and if proof of such disability  satisfactory
         to the  Employer is  furnished  (which  proof  shall  include a written
         statement  of  a  licensed  physician  appointed  or  approved  by  the
         Employer), then, as of his Distribution Date, such Participant shall be
         entitled to the full value of his Accrued Benefit which shall be deemed
         to be  one  hundred  percent  (100%)  vested  and  nonforfeitable.  For
         purposes of this Section 6.2, total and permanent disability shall mean
         the inability to engage in any substantial  gainful  activity by reason
         of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be
         expected  to result in death or to last for a  continuous  period of at
         least twelve (12) months.

6.3      DEATH.

         In the event of the  death of a  Participant  prior to his  retirement,
         disability or other  termination of employment  with the Employer,  the
         full  value of his  Accrued  Benefit,  which  shall be deemed to be one
         hundred percent (100%) vested and  nonforfeitable  shall become payable
         (according  to the  provisions  of  Article  VII of the  Plan),  to his
         designated Beneficiary,  upon submission of proof of death satisfactory
         to the Employer.

6.4      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

         In the event a Participant  terminates employment with the Employer for
         any reason other than retirement, disability or death, such Participant
         shall  become  entitled to the vested  portion of his Accrued  Benefit,
         payable  according to the provisions of Article VII of the Plan,  which
         shall be determined as follows:

         (a)      A Participant shall at all times be one hundred percent (100%)
                  vested in the portion of his Accrued  Benefit derived from his
                  Elective Deferral Account,  Voluntary  Employee  Contributions
                  Account,   Qualified   Non-Elective   Contributions   Account,
                  Qualified  Matching  Contributions  Account  and  Rollover  or
                  Transfer
                  Account.

         (b)      A  Participant's  vested and  nonforfeitable  interest  in the
                  portion  of his  Accrued  Benefit  derived  from his  Employer
                  Contribution  Accounts shall be determined in accordance  with
                  the vesting schedule  selected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.  If no vesting schedule is selected in the Adoption
                  Agreement,  a Participant  shall be considered  100% vested in
                  all portions of his Accrued Benefit.



                                      -41-

<PAGE>
         (c)      In the event of a  termination  of  employment as described in
                  this  Section  6.4  at a  time  when  a  Participant's  vested
                  interest  in his  Employer  Contribution  Account is less than
                  100%, then, as of the forfeiture date set forth in Section 7.7
                  of the Plan,  that  portion  which  shall not have been vested
                  shall  be  forfeited  and  used  either  to  reduce   Employer
                  Contributions  or  reallocated  among  the  accounts  of other
                  Participants as determined in the Adoption Agreement.

         (d)      In order to  determine  the vested  interest of a  Participant
                  after a Break in Service, the following shall apply:

                  (i)      If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                           to credit  Service based on Elapsed Time,  then,  for
                           purposes  of the  vesting  schedule  selected  in the
                           Adoption Agreement, the crediting of Service shall be
                           subject to the following:

                           (1)      If  a   Participant   who  has   voluntarily
                                    terminated employment or has been discharged
                                    by the Employer returns to employment and is
                                    credited  with  an  Hour  of  Service  on or
                                    before   incurring  a  Period  of  Severance
                                    (consisting  of  less  than  12  consecutive
                                    months), the Participant will receive credit
                                    for the time elapsed during such absence;

                           (2)      If a  Participant  is  absent  for a  reason
                                    other than termination or discharge and then
                                    voluntarily terminates or is discharged, the
                                    date on which the Participant  must first be
                                    credited  with an Hour of Service to receive
                                    credit  for the  time  elapsed  during  such
                                    absence  is  the  first  anniversary  of the
                                    first day of absence;

                           (3)      If a  Participant  has a Period of Severance
                                    of five  (5)  years or  more,  then  Service
                                    after such Period of Severance  shall not be
                                    taken   into   account   for   purposes   of
                                    determining the nonforfeitable percentage of
                                    the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit derived
                                    from  Employer  contributions  which accrued
                                    prior to such Period of Severance.

                  (ii)     If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                           to credit Service based on Hours of Service and Years
                           of  Service,   then,  for  purposes  of  the  vesting
                           schedule  selected  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the
                           crediting of Service shall be determined as follows:

                           (1)      In the  case of a  Participant  who has five
                                    (5)  consecutive  1-year  Breaks in Service,
                                    all Years of Service  after  such  Breaks in
                                    Service shall be disregarded for purposes of
                                    determining the Participant's vested Accrued
                                    Benefit derived from Employer  contributions
                                    which


                                      -42-

<PAGE>
                                    accrued   before  such   breaks,   but  both
                                    pre-break and post-break Service shall count
                                    for    purposes    of    determining     the
                                    Participant's vested Accrued Benefit derived
                                    from Employer  contributions  accruing after
                                    such breaks.  Both  accounts  shall share in
                                    the earnings and losses of the Trust;

                           (2)      In the  case of a  Participant  who does not
                                    have five (5)  consecutive  1-year Breaks in
                                    Service,  both the pre-break and  post-break
                                    Service shall count in determining  both the
                                    Participant's   pre-break   and   post-break
                                    vested Accrued Benefit derived from Employer
                                    contributions.

         (e)      If the Plan's  vesting  schedule  is  amended,  or the Plan is
                  amended in any way that  directly  or  indirectly  affects the
                  computation of the Participant's  nonforfeitable percentage or
                  if the Plan is deemed  amended  by an  automatic  change to or
                  from a Top Heavy vesting  schedule,  each  Participant with at
                  least 3 Years of Service  with the  Employer may elect to have
                  the nonforfeitable  percentage computed under the Plan without
                  regard to such amendment or change.

                  The  period  during  which  the  election  may be  made  shall
                  commence  with the date the  amendment is adopted or deemed to
                  be made and shall end on the latest of:

                  (i)      60 days after the amendment is adopted;

                  (ii)     60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

                  (iii)    60 days  after  the  Participant  is  issued  written
                           notice  of the  amendment  by the  Employer  or  Plan
                           Administrator.

6.5      OTHER PERMITTED DISTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      HARDSHIP.

                  In addition to the in-service withdrawals described in Section
                  7.8 and subject to the  provisions of Section 8.4 of the Plan,
                  where  applicable,  to the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption
                  Agreement,  distributions of Elective  Deferrals or the vested
                  portion  of  Employer  Contribution  Accounts  may be  made on
                  account of financial hardship if the distribution is necessary
                  in light of the  immediate  and heavy  financial  needs of the
                  Participant.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding,  for Plan Years
                  beginning  after December 31, 1988,  amounts  attributable  to
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions and Qualified  Matching
                  Contributions  may not be  distributed  merely on  account  of
                  hardship.  Also, income allocated to Elective  Deferrals after
                  December  31,  1988  may  not be  distributed  on  account  of
                  hardship.  Distribution  of Elective  Deferrals  (and earnings
                  thereon accrued as of December


                                      -43-

<PAGE>
                  31,  1988)  may be  made  to a  Participant  in the  event  of
                  hardship. For purposes of this Section, hardship is defined as
                  an immediate and heavy  financial  need of the Employee  where
                  such  Employee  lacks  other  available  resources.   Hardship
                  distributions are subject to the spousal consent  requirements
                  contained in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.

                  (i)      The following are the only financial needs considered
                           immediate  and  heavy:  deductible  medical  expenses
                           (within the meaning of section 213(d) of the Code) of
                           the  Employee,  the  Employee's  spouse,  children or
                           dependents;    the   purchase   (excluding   mortgage
                           payments) of a principal  residence of the  Employee;
                           payment of tuition and related  educational  fees for
                           the next twelve  months of  post-secondary  education
                           for the Employee, the Employee's spouse,  children or
                           dependents;  or the need to prevent  the  eviction of
                           the Employee  from, or a foreclosure on the mort gage
                           of, the Employee's principal residence.

                  (ii)     A  distribution  will be  considered  as necessary to
                           satisfy an immediate and heavy  financial need of the
                           Employee only if:

                           (1)      The Employee has obtained all distributions,
                                    other than hardship  distributions,  and all
                                    nontaxable  loans under all plans maintained
                                    by the Employer;

                           (2)      All plans maintained by the Employer provide
                                    that the Employee's  Elective Deferrals (and
                                    Employee  Contributions)  will be  suspended
                                    for twelve  months  after the receipt of the
                                    hardship distribution;

                           (3)      The  distribution  is not in  excess  of the
                                    amount of an immediate  and heavy  financial
                                    need (including amounts necessary to pay any
                                    federal,  state  or  local  income  taxes or
                                    penalties  reasonably  anticipated to result
                                    from the distribution); and

                           (4)      All plans maintained by the Employer provide
                                    that  the  Employee  may not  make  Elective
                                    Deferrals  for the  Employee's  taxable year
                                    immediately  following  the taxable  year of
                                    the hardship  distribution  in excess of the
                                    applicable limit under section 402(g) of the
                                    Code for such  taxable  year less the amount
                                    of such  Employee's  Elective  Deferrals for
                                    the   taxable    year   of   the    hardship
                                    distribution.

                  (iii)             Processing of applications and distributions
                                    of amounts under this Section, on account of
                                    a bona fide financial hardship, must be made
                                    as soon as administratively feasible.

         (b)      ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59 1/2.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>
                  To  the  extent   provided  in  the  Adoption   Agreement,   a
                  Participant shall be permitted to withdraw all or a portion of
                  his vested  Accrued  Benefit  under the Plan,  on or after the
                  attainment of age 59 1/2.

         (c)      DISTRIBUTION UPON PLAN TERMINATION.

                  To the extent  provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement  the full
                  value of a Participant's  Accrued Benefit shall be distributed
                  to  the   Participant   (or  his   Beneficiary)   as  soon  as
                  administratively  feasible after the  termination of the Plan,
                  provided that neither the Employer nor an Affiliated  Employer
                  maintains a successor  plan.  If the  Employer  does not elect
                  this option in the Adoption  Agreement,  the provisions  under
                  Section 13.2 of the Plan shall apply.

         (d)      DISTRIBUTION UPON SALE OF ASSETS.

                  To the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement  Section
                  10(d),  the full value of a Participant's  Accrued Benefit may
                  at Participant's  discretion be distributed to the Participant
                  as soon as  administratively  feasible  after the sale,  to an
                  entity that is not an Affiliated  Employer,  of  substantially
                  all  of the  assets  used  by the  Employer  in the  trade  or
                  business in which the Participant is employed.  If such entity
                  continues to maintain this Plan,  this  provision  shall apply
                  with respect to Employees  who  continue  employment  with the
                  entity acquiring such assets.

         (e)      DISTRIBUTION UPON SALE OF SUBSIDIARY.

                  To the  extent  provided  in the  Adoption  Agreement  Section
                  10(d),  the full value of a Participant's  Accrued Benefit may
                  at  the   Participant's   discretion  be  distributed  to  the
                  Participant  as soon as  administratively  feasible  after the
                  sale, to an entity that is not an Affiliated  Employer,  of an
                  incorporated Affiliated Employer's interest in a subsidiary of
                  which the Participant is employed. If such entity continues to
                  maintain this Plan, this provision shall apply with respect to
                  Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

                      ARTICLE VII. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

7.1      GENERAL.

         Except as  otherwise  provided  in  Article  VIII,  Joint and  Survivor
         Annuity  Requirements,  the requirements of this Article shall apply to
         any  distribution of a Participant's  interest and will take precedence
         over  any  inconsistent  provisions  of  this  Plan.  Unless  otherwise
         specified,  the  provisions  of this  Article  apply to calendar  years
         beginning after December 31, 1984.



                                      -45-

<PAGE>
         All  distributions  required under this Article shall be determined and
         made in  accordance  with the  Income  Tax  Regulations  under  section
         401(a)(9),   including  the  minimum  distribution  incidental  benefit
         requirement of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

7.2      METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION.

         To the extent  provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  and subject to the
         provisions of Article VIII of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have
         his Accrued Benefit distributed in the following manner;

         (a)      lump sum;

         (b)      monthly, quarterly or annual installments;

         (c)      a paid-up  annuity  contract  for the  Participant  and/or his
                  Beneficiary (any annuity contract  distributed  under the Plan
                  shall be issued so as to be nontransferable).

                  Payment  of  benefits  may be  made  in cash or in kind at the
                  Participant's discretion.

         In the absence of an election by the Participant,  distribution will be
         made in a lump sum payment.  The Plan  Administrator  will instruct the
         Trustee as to the insurer  and the form of any  annuity  contract to be
         purchased  and  the  terms  of  any  annuity  contract   purchased  and
         distributed  by the Plan to a  Participant  or spouse shall comply with
         the requirements of this Plan.

7.3      INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS.

         If all or any portion of a Participant's  Accrued Benefit is to be paid
         in installments,  the Participant shall determine the period over which
         such installments shall be paid. In the discretion of the Employer, the
         total  amount to be so  distributed  shall  either:  (a) continue to be
         invested in those assets currently retained in the Trust, in which case
         any  income,  gain or  loss  attributable  thereto  (but  not  Employer
         contributions  or  forfeitures)  shall be reflected in the  installment
         distributions, or (b) be transferred to a Segregated Account.

7.4      DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

         (a)      COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS.

                  (i)      Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution
                           of  benefits  will  begin no later  than the 60th day
                           after  the  latest  of the  close of the Plan Year in
                           which:

                           (1)      the  Participant  attains  age  65  (or  the
                                    Normal Retirement Age specified in the Plan,
                                    if earlier);


                                      -46-

<PAGE>
                           (2)      occurs the 10th  anniversary  of the year in
                                    which     the     Participant      commenced
                                    participation in the Plan; or

                           (3)      the Participant  terminates Service with the
                                    Employer.

                  (ii)     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  failure  of  a
                           Participant  and spouse to consent to a  distribution
                           while a benefit is immediately  distributable  within
                           the  meaning  of  Section  7.6 of the Plan,  shall be
                           deemed to be an  election  to defer  commencement  of
                           payment of any  benefit  sufficient  to satisfy  this
                           Section.

         (b)      LIMITS ON SETTLEMENT OPTIONS.

                  As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions,  if
                  not made in a  single  sum,  may only be made  over one of the
                  following periods (or a combination thereof);

                  (i)      the life of the Participant,

                  (ii)     the  life  of  the   Participant   and  a  designated
                           Beneficiary,

                  (iii)    a  period  certain  not  extending  beyond  the  life
                           expectancy of the Participant, or

                  (iv)     a period certain not extending  beyond the joint life
                           and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a
                           designated Beneficiary.

         (c)      MINIMUM AMOUNTS TO BE DISTRIBUTED.

                  If the  Participant's  interest is to be  distributed in other
                  than a single sum, the following  minimum  distribution  rules
                  shall apply on or after the required beginning date:

                  (i)      INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.

                           (1)      If  a   Participant's   benefit   is  to  be
                                    distributed  over (a) a period not extending
                                    beyond   the   life    expectancy   of   the
                                    Participant  or  the  joint  life  and  last
                                    survivor  expectancy of the  Participant and
                                    the Participant's  designated Beneficiary or
                                    (b) a period not  extending  beyond the life
                                    expectancy  of the  designated  Beneficiary,
                                    the amount  required to be  distributed  for
                                    each   calendar    year,    beginning   with
                                    distributions  for  the  first  distribution
                                    calendar  year,  must  at  least  equal  the
                                    quotient    obtained   by    dividing    the
                                    Participant's benefit by the applicable life
                                    expectancy.


                                      -47-

<PAGE>
                           (2)      For calendar years beginning  before January
                                    1, 1989, if the Participant's  spouse is not
                                    the  designated  Beneficiary,  the method of
                                    distribution  selected  must  assure that at
                                    least 50% of the present value of the amount
                                    available  for  distribution  is paid within
                                    the life expectancy of the Participant.

                           (3)      For calendar years  beginning after December
                                    31, 1988, the amount to be distributed  each
                                    year,  beginning with  distributions for the
                                    first  distribution  calendar year shall not
                                    be  less  than  the  quotient   obtained  by
                                    dividing  the  Participant's  benefit by the
                                    lesser of (a) the applicable life expectancy
                                    or (b) if the  Participant's  spouse  is not
                                    the designated  Beneficiary,  the applicable
                                    divisor  determined from the table set forth
                                    in Q&A-4  of  section  1.401(a)(9)-2  of the
                                    Income Tax Regulations.  Distributions after
                                    the  death  of  the  Participant   shall  be
                                    distributed   using  the   applicable   life
                                    expectancy in Section 7.4(c)(i) above as the
                                    relevant    divisor    without   regard   to
                                    regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                           (4)      The minimum  distribution  required  for the
                                    Participant's  first  distribution  calendar
                                    year   must  be  made  on  or   before   the
                                    Participant's  required  beginning date. The
                                    minimum   distribution  for  other  calendar
                                    years,  including  the minimum  distribution
                                    for the distribution  calendar year in which
                                    the  Employee's   required   beginning  date
                                    occurs,  must be made on or before  December
                                    31 of that distribution calendar year.

                  (ii)     Other forms.

                           If the  Participant's  benefit is  distributed in the
                           form  of  an  annuity  purchased  from  an  insurance
                           company,  distributions  thereunder  shall be made in
                           accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9)
                           of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

7.5      DISTRIBUTION OF DEATH BENEFITS.

         (a)      METHOD OF DISTRIBUTIONS.

                  (i)      If the Participant dies after  distribution of his or
                           her interest has begun, the remaining portion of such
                           interest will continue to be  distributed at least as
                           rapidly  as under the  method of  distribution  being
                           used prior to the Participant's death.

                  (ii)     If the Participant dies before distribution of his or
                           her   interest    begins,    distribution    of   the
                           Participant's entire interest shall be completed by


                                      -48-

<PAGE>
                           December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth
                           anniversary of the Participant's  death except to the
                           extent   that  an   election   is  made  to   receive
                           distributions in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                           (1)      if any portion of the Participant's interest
                                    is  payable  to  a  designated  Beneficiary,
                                    distributions  may be made  over the life or
                                    over a period  certain not greater  than the
                                    life    expectancy    of   the    designated
                                    Beneficiary commencing on or before December
                                    31  of   the   calendar   year   immediately
                                    following  the  calendar  year in which  the
                                    Participant died;

                           (2)      if  the   designated   Beneficiary   is  the
                                    Participant's  surviving  spouse,  the  date
                                    distributions   are  required  to  begin  in
                                    accordance  with  (1)  above  shall  not  be
                                    earlier than the later of (a) December 31 of
                                    the calendar year immediately  following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant  died
                                    and (b) December 31 of the calendar  year in
                                    which the  Participant  would have  attained
                                    age 70 1/2.

                                    If the  Participant has not made an election
                                    pursuant to this Section (ii) by the time of
                                    his  or   her   death,   the   Participant's
                                    designated Beneficiary must elect the method
                                    of distribution no later than the earlier of
                                    (a)  December  31 of the  calendar  year  in
                                    which  distributions  would be  required  to
                                    begin under this Section, or (b) December 31
                                    of the  calendar  year  which  contains  the
                                    fifth  anniversary  of the  date of death of
                                    the  Participant.  If the Participant has no
                                    designated Beneficiary, or if the designated
                                    Beneficiary  does  not  elect  a  method  of
                                    distribution,     distribution     of    the
                                    Participant's   entire   interest   must  be
                                    completed  by  December  31 of the  calendar
                                    year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                                    Participant's death.

                  (iii)    For  purposes  of Section  7.5(a)(ii)  above,  if the
                           surviving  spouse  dies  after the  Participant,  but
                           before payments to such spouse begin,  the provisions
                           of  Section   7.5(a)(ii),   with  the   exception  of
                           paragraph  (2)  therein,  shall be  applied as if the
                           surviving spouse were the Participant.

                  (iv)     For  purposes of this Section 7.5, any amount paid to
                           a child of the  Participant  will be treated as if it
                           had been paid to the  surviving  spouse if the amount
                           becomes  payable  to the  surviving  spouse  when the
                           child reaches the age of majority.

                  (v)      For the purposes of this Section 7.5, distribution of
                           a  Participant's  interest is  considered to begin on
                           the  Participant's  required  beginning  date (or, if
                           Section  7.5(a)(iii)  above is  applicable,  the date
                           distribution  is required  to begin to the  surviving
                           spouse pursuant to Section 7.5(a)(ii) above). If


                                      -49-

<PAGE>
                           distribution  in the form of an annuity  described in
                           Section  7.4(c)(i)(2) above irrevocably  commences to
                           the Participant  before the required  beginning date,
                           the date  distribution  is considered to begin is the
                           date distribution actually commences.

         (b)      DEFINITIONS.

                  (i)      APPLICABLE LIFE  EXPECTANCY.  The life expectancy (or
                           joint   life  and  last   ---------------------------
                           survivor expectancy) is calculated using the attained
                           age of the Participant (or designated Beneficiary) as
                           of the  Participant's  (or designated  Beneficiary's)
                           birthday in the  applicable  calendar year reduced by
                           one for each  calendar  year which has elapsed  since
                           the date life  expectancy  was first  calculated.  If
                           life expectancy is being recalculated, the applicable
                           life  expectancy  shall be the life  expectancy as so
                           recalculated.  The applicable  calendar year shall be
                           the first  distribution  calendar  year,  and if life
                           expectancy  is being  recalculated,  such  succeeding
                           calendar  year.  If  annuity  payments   commence  in
                           accordance  with  Section   7.4(c)(i)(2)  before  the
                           required beginning date, the applicable calendar year
                           is the year such payments  commence.  If distribution
                           is in the  form  of an  immediate  annuity  purchased
                           after the Participant's  death with the Participant's
                           remaining  interest,  the applicable calendar year is
                           the year of purchase.

                  (ii)     DESIGNATED   BENEFICIARY.   The   individual  who  is
                           designated  as the  Beneficiary  under  the  Plan  in
                           accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                           regulations thereunder.

                  (iii)    DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR. A calendar year for which
                           a minimum --------------------------- distribution is
                           required.  For  distributions  beginning  before  the
                           Participant's death, the first distribution  calendar
                           year is the calendar year  immediately  preceding the
                           calendar  year  which   contains  the   Participant's
                           required beginning date. For distributions  beginning
                           after the Participant's death, the first distribution
                           calendar   year  is  the   calendar   year  in  which
                           distributions  are  required  to  begin  pursuant  to
                           Section 7.5(a) above.

                  (iv)     LIFE  EXPECTANCY.  Life expectancy and joint life and
                           last   survivor   ----------------   expectancy   are
                           computed by use of the expected  return  multiples in
                           Tables V and VI of  section  1.72-9 of the Income Tax
                           Regulations.   Unless   otherwise   elected   by  the
                           Participant (or spouse,  in the case of distributions
                           described in Section 7.5(a)(ii)(2) above) by the time
                           distributions    are   required   to   begin,    life
                           expectancies  shall be  recalculated  annually.  Such
                           election shall be  irrevocable as to the  Participant
                           (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent  years.
                           The life  expectancy of a nonspouse  Beneficiary  may
                           not be recalculated.



                                      -50-

<PAGE>
                  (v)      PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT.

                           (1)      The account balance as of the last Valuation
                                    Date  in  the  calendar   year   immediately
                                    preceding  the  distribution  calendar  year
                                    (valuation  calendar year)  increased by the
                                    amount of any  contributions  or forfeitures
                                    allocated to the account balance as of dates
                                    in the  valuation  calendar  year  after the
                                    Valuation     Date    and    decreased    by
                                    distributions made in the valuation calendar
                                    year after the Valuation Date.

                           (2)      Exception for second  distribution  calendar
                                    year.  For purposes of paragraph  (1) above,
                                    if any portion of the  minimum  distribution
                                    for the first distribution  calendar year is
                                    made  in the  second  distribution  calendar
                                    year on or  before  the  required  beginning
                                    date, the amount of the minimum distribution
                                    made  in the  second  distribution  calendar
                                    year shall be treated as if it has been made
                                    in the  immediately  preceding  distribution
                                    calendar year.

                  (vi)     REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.

                           (1)      GENERAL RULE. The required beginning date of
                                    a  Participant  is the first day of April of
                                    the  calendar  year  following  the calendar
                                    year in which the Participant attains age 70
                                    1/2.

                           (2)      TRANSITIONAL  RULES. The required  beginning
                                    date of a Participant who attains age 70 1/2
                                    before January 1, 1988,  shall be determined
                                    in accordance with (a) or (b) below:

                                    (A)     NON-5-PERCENT  OWNERS.  The required
                                            beginning date of a Participant  who
                                            is  not a  5-percent  owner  is  the
                                            first  day of April of the  calendar
                                            year  following the calendar year in
                                            which  the  later of  retirement  or
                                            attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs.

                                    (B)     5-PERCENT   OWNERS.   The   required
                                            beginning date of a Participant  who
                                            is a 5-percent owner during any year
                                            beginning  after  December 31, 1979,
                                            is the first day of April  following
                                            the later of:

                                            i)       the calendar  year in which
                                                     the Participant attains age
                                                     70 1/2 or

                                            ii)      the earlier of the calendar
                                                     year with or  within  which
                                                     ends the Plan Year in which
                                                     the Participant becomes


                                      -51-

<PAGE>
                                                     a 5-percent  owner,  or the
                                                     calendar  year in which the
                                                     Participant retires.

                                                     The required beginning date
                                                     of a Participant who is not
                                                     a   5-percent   owner   who
                                                     attains  age 70 1/2  during
                                                     1988   and   who   has  not
                                                     retired  as of  January  1,
                                                     1989, is April 1, 1990.

                           (3)      5-PERCENT OWNER. A Participant is treated as
                                    a  5-percent  owner  for  purposes  of  this
                                    Section if such  Participant is a 5- percent
                                    owner as defined  in  section  416(i) of the
                                    Code  (determined in accordance with section
                                    416  of  the  Code  but  without  regard  to
                                    whether  the Plan is Top  Heavy) at any time
                                    during the Plan Year  ending  with or within
                                    the  calendar   year  in  which  such  owner
                                    attains  age 66 1/2 or any  subsequent  Plan
                                    Year.

                           (4)      DISTRIBUTIONS BEGUN. Once distributions have
                                    begun  to  a  5-percent   owner  under  this
                                    Section,    they   must   continue   to   be
                                    distributed,  even if the Participant ceases
                                    to  be a  5-percent  owner  in a  subsequent
                                    year.

         (c)      TRANSITIONAL RULE.

                  (i)      Notwithstanding   the  other   requirements  of  this
                           Article  and subject to the  requirements  of Article
                           VIII  of the  Plan,  distribution  on  behalf  of any
                           Employee, including a 5-percent owner, may be made in
                           accordance  with  all of the  following  requirements
                           (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                           (1)      The  distribution  by the Trust is one which
                                    would not have disqualified such Trust under
                                    section  401(a)(9)  of the Code as in effect
                                    prior to amendment by the Deficit  Reduction
                                    Act of 1984;

                           (2)      The  distribution  is in  accordance  with a
                                    method  of  distribution  designated  by the
                                    Employee  whose  interest  in the  Trust  is
                                    being  distributed  or, if the  Employee  is
                                    deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee;

                           (3)      Such designation was in writing,  was signed
                                    by the Employee or the Beneficiary,  and was
                                    made before January 1, 1984;

                           (4)      The Employee had accrued a benefit under the
                                    Plan as of December 31, 1983;



                                      -52-

<PAGE>
                           (5)      The method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee or the  Beneficiary  specifies  the
                                    time at which  distribution  will  commence,
                                    the period over which  distributions will be
                                    made, and in the case of Employee  listed in
                                    order of priority.

                  (ii)     A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                           transitional  rule  unless  the  information  in  the
                           designation   contains   the   required   information
                           described above with respect to the  distributions to
                           be made upon the death of the Employee.

                  (iii)    For any  distribution  which commences before January
                           1, 1984,  but continues  after December 31, 1983, the
                           Employee,   or  the   Beneficiary,   to   whom   such
                           distribution  is being made, will be presumed to have
                           designated the method of distribution under which the
                           distribution   is  being   made  if  the   method  of
                           distribution   was   specified  in  writing  and  the
                           distribution    satisfies   the    requirements    in
                           7.5(c)(i)(1) and (5).

                  (iv)     If  a   designation   is  revoked,   any   subsequent
                           distribution must satisfy the requirements of section
                           401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
                           If a  designation  is revoked  subsequent to the date
                           distributions  are required to begin,  the Trust must
                           distribute by the end of the calendar year  following
                           the calendar year in which the revocation  occurs the
                           total  amount not yet  distributed  which  would have
                           been  required  to have been  distributed  to satisfy
                           section  401(a)(9)  of the Code  and the  regulations
                           thereunder,  but for the section 242(b)(2)  election.
                           For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988,
                           such distributions must meet the minimum distribution
                           incidental    benefit    requirements    in   section
                           1.401(a)(9)-2  of the  Income  Tax  Regulations.  Any
                           changes in the designation will be considered to be a
                           revocation  of the  designation.  However,  the  mere
                           substitution or addition of another  Beneficiary (one
                           not named in the  designation)  under the designation
                           will  not be  considered  to be a  revocation  of the
                           designation, so long as such substitution or addition
                           does not alter the period  over  which  distributions
                           are to be made  under the  designation,  directly  or
                           indirectly  (for  example,  by altering  the relevant
                           measuring  life).  In the case in which an  amount is
                           transferred  or rolled  over from one plan to another
                           plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

7.6      DISTRIBUTION UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIONS ON 
         IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION.

         If the value of a  Participant's  vested account  balance  derived from
         Employer  and  Employee  Contributions  exceeds  (or at the time of any
         prior  distribution  exceeded)  $3,500,  and  the  account  balance  is
         immediately distributable, the Participant and the


                                      -53-

<PAGE>
         Participant's spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has
         died,  the survivor) must consent to any  distribution  of such account
         balance.  The consent of the Participant and the  Participant's  spouse
         shall be obtained  in writing  within the 90-day  period  ending on the
         annuity  starting date.  The annuity  starting date is the first day of
         the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other
         form.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  notify the  Participant  and the
         Participant's  spouse of the right to defer any distribution  until the
         Participant's  account balance is no longer immediately  distributable.
         Such notification  shall include a general  description of the material
         features,  and an  explanation  of the relative  values of the optional
         forms of  benefit  available  under the Plan,  in a manner  that  would
         satisfy the notice  requirements of section  417(a)(3) of the Code, and
         shall be  provided  no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior
         to the annuity starting date.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  only the Participant  needs consent to
         the commencement of a distribution in the form of a qualified joint and
         survivor   annuity   while   the   account   balance   is   immediately
         distributable.  (Furthermore,  if  payment  in the form of a  qualified
         joint  and  survivor  annuity  is  not  required  with  respect  to the
         Participant  pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Plan,  only the Participant
         needs  consent  to the  distribution  of an  account  balance  that  is
         immediately  distributable.) Neither the consent of the Participant nor
         the  Participant's  spouse  shall  be  required  to the  extent  that a
         distribution  is required to satisfy  section  401(a)(9)  or 415 of the
         Code. In addition,  upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not
         offer an annuity option  (purchased  from a commercial  provider),  the
         Participant's  account balance may, without the Participant's  consent,
         be  distributed to the  Participant  or transferred to another  defined
         contribution  plan  (other  than an employee  stock  ownership  plan as
         defined in section  4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the same  controlled
         group.

         An account  balance  is  immediately  distributable  if any part of the
         account  balance could be distributed to the  Participant (or surviving
         spouse) before the  Participant  attains (or would have attained if not
         deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

         For purposes of determining the  applicability of the foregoing consent
         requirements  to  distributions  made before the first day of the first
         Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the  Participant's  vested
         account balance shall not include  amounts  attributable to accumulated
         deductible  Employee   Contributions  within  the  meaning  of  section
         72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

         In the absence of an election to receive an immediate distribution, the
         Participant's Accrued Benefit shall, in the discretion of the Employer,
         remain  invested in the commingled  Trust assets or be transferred to a
         Segregated Account. The following provisions shall apply to termination
         benefits:

         (a)      The  distribution of benefits to a Participant who has reached
                  his Distribution Date by reason of a termination of employment
                  other than retirement, disability or death


                                      -54-

<PAGE>
                  shall be deferred until the first date the  Participant  would
                  have been  eligible for  retirement  under the Plan unless the
                  Participant  elects to commence  distribution of such benefits
                  at an earlier date. Prior to the commencement of benefits, the
                  deferred  benefits  shall,  in the discretion of the Employer,
                  remain   invested  in  the  commingled   Trust  assets  or  be
                  transferred to a Segregated Account.

         (b)      If the vested portion of the Accrued  Benefit of a Participant
                  who terminates  employment for reasons other than  retirement,
                  disability   or  death  is  less  than   100%,   so  that  his
                  Distribution  Date does not coincide with the date on which he
                  ceases to be an Employee,  such Accrued  Benefit shall, in the
                  discretion of the Employer,  remain invested in the commingled
                  assets of the Trust or be transferred to a Segregated  Account
                  pending distribution. The Participant may elect to receive the
                  vested portion of his Accrued Benefit at any time prior to the
                  Distribution Date.

         (c)      If a Participant  separates from service before satisfying the
                  age  requirement for early  retirement,  but has satisfied the
                  Service requirement, the Participant will be entitled to elect
                  an early  retirement  benefit  upon  satisfaction  of such age
                  requirement.

7.7      FORFEITURE AND SPECIAL VESTING FORMULA.

         If the vested  portion of the  Accrued  Benefit  of a  Participant  who
         terminates employment for reasons other than retirement,  disability or
         death,  as described  in Article VI of the Plan,  is less than 100% and
         such  Participant  receives a distribution of the vested portion of his
         Accrued  Benefit,  forfeiture of the  nonvested  portion of his Accrued
         Benefit shall occur (subject to restoration  pursuant to Section 2.5 of
         the Plan) as of the date on which  the  distribution  is made.  If upon
         termination of employment,  a Participant has no vested interest in his
         Accrued  Benefit,  forfeiture of his entire Accrued Benefit shall occur
         (subject to restoration  pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Plan) as of the
         date of  termination  of  employment.  In any other  case  involving  a
         termination  described in Section  7.5(a),  forfeiture of the nonvested
         portion of the terminated  Participant's Accrued Benefit shall occur as
         of the  earliest  of: (a) his date of death  following  termination  of
         employment,  or (b) the last day of the  Plan  Year in which he  incurs
         5-consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service.

         If a Participant terminates Service, and the value of the Participant's
         vested   account   balance   derived  from  Employer  and   Participant
         contributions is not greater than $3,500,  the Participant will receive
         a  distribution  of the  value of the  entire  vested  portion  of such
         account  balance  and  the  nonvested  portion  will  be  treated  as a
         forfeiture.

         For purposes of Section 6.5, if a distribution is made at a time when a
         Participant has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100% of the account
         balance  derived from Employer  contributions  and the  Participant may
         increase the nonforfeitable percentage in the


                                      -55-

<PAGE>
         account,  a separate account shall be established for the Participant's
         Employer Contributions Accounts as of the time of the distribution, and
         at any relevant time the vested  portion of the separate  account shall
         be equal to an amount determined by the formula:

                                    P(AB+(RXD))-(RXD)

         For purposes of applying the formula, P is the vested percentage at the
         relevant time, AB is the separate account balance at the relevant time,
         D is the  amount of the  distribution,  R is the ratio of the  separate
         account  balance at the relevant time to the separate  account  balance
         after  distribution,   and  the  relevant  time  is  the  Participant's
         Distribution Date.

7.8      DISTRIBUTION FROM EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNTS.

         (a)      VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  A Participant who has made Voluntary Employee Contributions to
                  the Plan may  withdraw  such  contributions  at such  times as
                  permitted by the Employer by  submitting a written  request to
                  the  Employer  specifying  the  amount  to  be  withdrawn.   A
                  distribution   from  the  Participant's   Voluntary   Employee
                  Contributions Account shall be calculated on a pro rata basis;
                  thus, such  distribution  shall be considered in part a return
                  of contributions  and in part earnings on such  contributions.
                  However, if on May 5, 1986,  Voluntary Employee  Contributions
                  were available for distribution,  under the terms of the Plan,
                  prior to separation  of Service,  then the pro rata rules will
                  not apply to Voluntary  Employee  Contributions  made prior to
                  January 1, 1987.  The  Participant  may designate  whether the
                  distribution   is  to  be  made  from  pre-1987  or  post-1986
                  contributions.

         (b)      ROLLOVER/TRANSFER ACCOUNTS.

                  A    Participant    may   withdraw   any   amount   from   his
                  Rollover/Transfer  Account,  not in excess of the value of his
                  account,  at  such  times  as  permitted  by the  Employer  by
                  submitting a written  request to the Employer  specifying  the
                  amount to be withdrawn.

         Subject to the provisions of this Section 7.8 and Section 6.5(a) of the
         Plan, the Participant's  Voluntary Employee  Contributions  Account and
         Rollover/Transfer  Account  shall be payable  at the same time,  in the
         same manner,  and, in the event of death, to the same Beneficiary as is
         his Elective Deferral and Employer Contributions Accounts.

7.9      DIRECT ROLLOVER.

         (a)       APPLICABILITY.



                                      -56-

<PAGE>
                  This Section applies to distributions made on or after January
                  1,  1993.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of the Plan to the
                  contrary that would otherwise  limit a distributee's  election
                  under this Article,  a distributee  may elect, at the time and
                  in the manner  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,  to have
                  any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly
                  to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in
                  a direct rollover.

         (b)      DEFINITIONS.

                  (i)      ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION.  An eligible rollover
                           distribution  is any  -------------------------------
                           distribution  of all or any portion of the balance to
                           the  credit  of  the  distributee,   except  that  an
                           eligible  rollover  distribution does not include any
                           distribution that is one of a series of substantially
                           equal  periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than
                           annually)  made for the life (or life  expectancy) of
                           the  distributee  or the joint  lives (or joint  life
                           expectancies)    of   the    distributee    and   the
                           distributee's   designated  Beneficiary,   or  for  a
                           specified   period   of  ten   years  or  more;   any
                           distribution  to  the  extent  such  distribution  is
                           required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the
                           portion of any distribution that is not includible in
                           gross  income  (determined   without  regard  to  the
                           exclusion  for  net  unrealized   appreciation   with
                           respect to Employer securities).

                  (ii)     ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN. An eligible retirement plan
                           is an individual ------------------------- retirement
                           account  described in section  408(a) of the Code, an
                           individual  retirement  annuity  described in section
                           408(b) of the Code,  an  annuity  plan  described  in
                           section  403(a) of the  Code,  or a  qualified  trust
                           described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts
                           the  distributee's  eligible  rollover  distribution.
                           However,   in  the  case  of  an  eligible   rollover
                           distribution  to the  surviving  spouse,  an eligible
                           retirement plan is an individual  retirement  account
                           or individual retirement annuity.

                  (iii)    DISTRIBUTEE.  A  distributed  includes an Employee or
                           former  Employee.  In  addition,  the  Employee's  or
                           former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's
                           or former  Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is
                           the  alternate  payee  under  a  qualified   domestic
                           retirement  order,  as described in section 414(p) of
                           the  Code,  are  distributees   with  regard  to  the
                           interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                  (iv)     DIRECT  ROLLOVER.  A direct  rollover is a payment by
                           the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by
                           the distributee.



                                      -57-

<PAGE>
              ARTICLE VIII. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

         The  provisions  of  this  Article  shall  take   precedence  over  any
         conflicting provisions of the Plan.

8.1      APPLICABILITY.

         Except as provided  with  respect to certain  profit  sharing  plans in
         Section 8.6 of this Article, the provisions of this Article shall apply
         to any  Participant  who is credited  with at least one Hour of Service
         with  the  Employer  on or  after  August  23,  1984,  and  such  other
         Participants as provided in Section 8.7.

8.2      QUALIFIED JOINT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.

         Unless an optional form of benefit is selected  pursuant to a qualified
         election within the 90-day period ending on the annuity  starting date,
         a married Participant's vested account balance will be paid in the form
         of  a  Qualified   Joint  and   Survivor   Annuity  and  an   unmarried
         Participant's vested account balance will be paid in the form of a life
         annuity.  The  Participant  may elect to have such annuity  distributed
         upon attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

8.3      QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.

         Unless  an  optional  form of  benefit  has been  selected  within  the
         election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a Participant dies
         before his annuity starting date, then the Participant's vested account
         balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life
         of the surviving  spouse.  The surviving  spouse may elect to have such
         annuity distributed immediately after the Participant's death.

8.4      DEFINITIONS.

         (a)      ELECTION  PERIOD.  The period which begins on the first day of
                  the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends
                  on the  date  of the  Participant's  death.  If a  Participant
                  separates from Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year
                  in which  age 35 is  attained,  with  respect  to the  account
                  balance  as of the date of  separation,  the  election  period
                  shall begin on the date of separation.

         (b)      EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE. The earliest date on which, under the
                  Plan,  the  Participant  could  elect  to  receive  retirement
                  benefits.

         (c)      QUALIFIED ELECTION. A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                  Annuity or a Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity.  Any
                  waiver  of  a  Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity  or  a
                  Qualified   Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity  shall  not  be
                  effective  unless:  (i) the  Participant's  spouse consents in
                  writing to the election; (ii)


                                      -58-

<PAGE>
                  the election designates a specific Beneficiary,  including any
                  class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries,  which
                  may not be  changed  without  spousal  consent  (or the spouse
                  expressly permits  designations by the Participant without any
                  further   spousal   consent);   (iii)  the  spouse's   consent
                  acknowledges the effect of the election; and (iv) the spouse's
                  consent  is  witnessed  by a  Plan  representative  or  notary
                  public.  Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified
                  Joint and Survivor  Annuity shall not be effective  unless the
                  election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be
                  changed  without  spousal  consent  (or the  spouse  expressly
                  permits  designations by the  Participant  without any further
                  spousal consent).  If it is established to the satisfaction of
                  a Plan  representative  that  there is no  spouse  or that the
                  spouse cannot be located,  a waiver will be deemed a qualified
                  election.

                  Any  consent by a spouse  obtained  under this  provision  (or
                  establishment  that  the  consent  of  a  spouse  may  not  be
                  obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.
                  A consent that permits designations by the Participant without
                  any  requirement  of  further  consent  by  such  spouse  must
                  acknowledge  that the spouse has the right to limit consent to
                  a specific  Beneficiary,  and a specific form of benefit where
                  applicable,   and  that  the  spouse   voluntarily  elects  to
                  relinquish  either or both of such rights.  A revocation  of a
                  prior waiver may be made by a Participant  without the consent
                  of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits.
                  The number of  revocations  shall not be  limited.  No consent
                  obtained  under  this  provision  shall  be valid  unless  the
                  Participant  has  received  notice as  provided in Section 8.5
                  below.

         (d)      QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. An immediate annuity for
                  the life of the  Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the
                  life of the  spouse  which is not  less  than 50% and not more
                  than 100% of the amount of the annuity which is payable during
                  the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and which is
                  the  amount  of  benefit  which  can  be  purchased  with  the
                  Participant's  vested account  balance.  The percentage of the
                  survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50%.

         (e)      SPOUSE (SURVIVING  SPOUSE).  The spouse or surviving spouse of
                  the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated
                  as the spouse or surviving  spouse (and a current  spouse will
                  not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent
                  provided)  under  a  qualified  domestic  relations  order  as
                  described in section 414(p) of the Code.

         (f)      ANNUITY  STARTING  DATE. The first day of the first period for
                  which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

         (g)      VESTED   ACCOUNT   BALANCE.   The   aggregate   value  of  the
                  Participant's  vested account  balances  derived from Employer
                  and  Employee  contributions  (including  rollovers),  whether
                  vested  before  or  upon  death,  including  the  proceeds  of
                  insurance


                                      -59-

<PAGE>
                  contracts,  if any, on the Participant's  life. The provisions
                  of this Article shall apply to a Participant  who is vested in
                  amounts  attributable  to  Employer  contributions,   Employee
                  contributions or both at the time of death or distribution.

8.5      NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

         (a)      In the case of a  Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity  as
                  described  in  Section  8.4(d)  of  this  Article,   the  Plan
                  Administrator  shall no less  than 30 days and no more than 90
                  days  prior  to  the  annuity   starting   date  provide  each
                  Participant  a  written  explanation  of:  (i) the  terms  and
                  conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the
                  Participant's  right to make and the effect of an  election to
                  waive  the  Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity  form  of
                  benefit;  (iii) the rights of a Participant's spouse; and (iv)
                  the  right to make,  and the  effect  of,  a  revocation  of a
                  previous  election to waive the  Qualified  Joint and Survivor
                  Annuity.

         (b)      In the case of a Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity as
                  described   in  Section   8.3  of  this   Article,   the  Plan
                  Administrator   shall  provide  each  Participant  within  the
                  applicable   notice  period  a  written   explanation  of  the
                  Qualified  Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in
                  such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided
                  for meeting the requirements of Section 8.5(a) applicable to a
                  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                  The   applicable   notice  period  means  with  respect  to  a
                  Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last:

                  (i)      the period  beginning  with the first day of the Plan
                           Year in  which  the  Participant  attains  age 32 and
                           ending with the close of the Plan Year  preceding the
                           Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35,

                  (ii)     a  reasonable  period  ending  after  the  individual
                           becomes a Participant,

                  (iii)    a reasonable  period  ending after notice is required
                           because  of the  cessation  of a benefit  subsidy  as
                           described in subsection (c) below,

                  (iv)     a reasonable  period  ending after this Article first
                           applies to the Participant,

                  (v)      a reasonable  period after separation from Service in
                           the  case  of  a  Participant  who  separates  before
                           attaining age 35.

                           For purposes of applying the preceding  paragraph,  a
                           reasonable  period ending after the enumerated events
                           described  in (ii),  (iii) and (iv) is the end of the
                           two-year period  beginning one year prior to the date
                           the  applicable  event  occurs,  and  ending one year
                           after that  date.  In the case of a  Participant  who
                           separates from Service before the Plan Year in which


                                      -60-

<PAGE>
                           age 35 is attained,  notice shall be provided  within
                           the  two-year  period  beginning  one  year  prior to
                           separation and ending one year after  separation.  If
                           such a Participant  thereafter  returns to employment
                           with the  Employer,  the  applicable  period for such
                           Participant shall be redetermined.

         (c)      Notwithstanding  the other  requirements  of this Section 8.5,
                  the respective  notices prescribed by this Section need not be
                  given to a Participant if (i) the Plan "fully  subsidizes" the
                  costs of a Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity or Qualified
                  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  and (ii)  the Plan  does not
                  allow  the  Participant  to  waive  the  Qualified  Joint  and
                  Survivor Annuity or Qualified  Preretirement  Annuity and does
                  not allow a  married  Participant  to  designate  a  nonspouse
                  Beneficiary. For purposes of this Section 8.5(c), a plan fully
                  subsidizes  the costs of a benefit if no  increase  in cost or
                  decrease in benefits  to the  Participant  may result from the
                  Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

         (d)      If a distribution is one to which sections  401(a)(11) and 417
                  of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,  such  distribution
                  may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
                  section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
                  provided that (i) the Plan  Administrator  clearly informs the
                  Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at
                  least 30 days  after  receiving  the  notice to  consider  the
                  decision of whether or not to elect a  distribution  (and,  if
                  applicable,  a particular  distribution  option), and (ii) the
                  Participant,  after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects
                  a distribution.

8.6      SPECIAL RULE FOR PROFIT SHARING PLANS.

         (a)      This Section shall apply to a Participant  in a profit sharing
                  plan, and to any distribution,  made on or after the first day
                  of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, from
                  or under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated
                  deductible  Employee  Contributions,  as  defined  in  section
                  72(o)(5)  of  the  Code,   and   maintained  on  behalf  of  a
                  Participant  in a money  purchase  pension  plan  (including a
                  target   benefit  plan)  if  the  following   conditions   are
                  satisfied:  (i)  the  Participant  cannot  or does  not  elect
                  payments in the form of a life annuity,  and (ii) on the death
                  of the Participant,  the Participant's  vested account balance
                  will be paid to the  Participant's  surviving  spouse,  but if
                  there is no surviving spouse,  or, if the surviving spouse has
                  already  consented  in a  manner  conforming  to  a  qualified
                  election,  then to the Participant's  designated  Beneficiary.
                  The  surviving  spouse may elect to have  distribution  of the
                  vested  account  balance  commence  within the  90-day  period
                  following  the date of the  Participant's  death.  The account
                  balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses  occurring after
                  the  Participant's  death in accordance with the provisions of
                  the Plan  governing  the  adjustment  of account  balances for
                  other types of distributions.  However, this Section 8.6 shall
                  not be  operative  with  respect to the  Participant  if it is
                  determined  that  this  profit  sharing  plan is a  direct  or
                  indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase


                                      -61-

<PAGE>
                  pension plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or
                  profit  sharing plan which is subject to the survivor  annuity
                  requirement  of sections  401(a)(11)  and 417 of the Code. The
                  preceding  sentence  shall  apply  only with  respect to asset
                  transfers  completed  after  December  31,  1984,  and  if the
                  transferred  assets  and  income  thereon  are  accounted  for
                  separately,  then such sentence  shall apply only with respect
                  to the  transferred  assets  (and  income  thereon).  If  this
                  Section is  operative,  then  except to the  extent  otherwise
                  provided in Section 8.7 the other  provisions  of this Article
                  shall be inoperative.

         (b)      The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit  described
                  in this Section at any time provided that no such waiver shall
                  be effective unless it satisfies the conditions  (described in
                  Section 8.4(c)) that would apply to the  Participant's  waiver
                  of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

         (c)      For  purposes of this  Section 8.6,  vested  account  balances
                  shall mean, in the case of a money purchase  pension plan or a
                  target  benefit  plan,  the  participant's   separate  account
                  balance attributable solely to accumulated deductible Employee
                  contributions within the meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the
                  Code.  In the case of a profit  sharing plan,  vested  account
                  balance  shall have the same  meaning as  provided  in Section
                  8.4(g).

8.7      TRANSITIONAL RULES.

         (a)      Any living  Participant  not receiving  benefits on August 23,
                  1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits  prescribed
                  by the  previous  Sections of this  Article  must be given the
                  opportunity  to  elect  to have  the  prior  Sections  of this
                  Article  apply if such  Participant  is credited with at least
                  one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a
                  Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January 1,  1976,  and such
                  Participant  had at least 10 years of vesting  Service when he
                  or she separated from Service.

         (b)      Any living  Participant  not receiving  benefits on August 23,
                  1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under
                  this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974,
                  and who is not  otherwise  credited with any Service in a Plan
                  Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976,  must be given the
                  opportunity  to have his or her  benefits  paid in  accordance
                  with Section 8.7(d) of this Article.

         (c)      The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Section
                  8.7(a) and 8.7(b)  above) must be afforded to the  appropriate
                  Participants  during the period commencing on August 23, 1984,
                  and ending on the date benefits  would  otherwise  commence to
                  said Participants.



                                      -62-

<PAGE>
         (d)      Any Participant who has elected  pursuant to Section 8.7(b) of
                  this  Article  and any  Participant  who does not elect  under
                  Section 8.7(a) or who meets the requirements of Section 8.7(a)
                  except that such  Participant  does not have at least 10 years
                  of vesting  Service  when he or she  separates  from  Service,
                  shall have his or her benefits  distributed in accordance with
                  all of the following  requirements if benefits would have been
                  payable in the form of a life annuity.

                  (i)      AUTOMATIC JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  If benefits in
                           the  form  of a  life  annuity  become  payable  to a
                           married Participant who:

                           (1)      begins to receive payments under the Plan on
                                    or after Normal Retirement Age; or

                           (2)      dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while
                                    still working for the Employer; or

                           (3)      begins to receive  payments  on or after the
                                    qualified early retirement age; or

                           (4)      separates from Service on or after attaining
                                    Normal  Retirement  Age  (or  the  qualified
                                    early  retirement age) and after  satisfying
                                    the eligibility requirements for the payment
                                    of  benefits  under the Plan and  thereafter
                                    dies  before   beginning   to  receive  such
                                    benefits;   then  such   benefits   will  be
                                    received  under  this  Plan in the form of a
                                    Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless
                                    the Participant has elected otherwise during
                                    the election  period.  The  election  period
                                    must  begin  at least 6  months  before  the
                                    Participant    attains    qualified    early
                                    retirement age and end not more than 90 days
                                    before the  commencement  of  benefits.  Any
                                    election  hereunder  will be in writing  and
                                    may be  changed  by the  Participant  at any
                                    time.

                  (ii)     ELECTION OR EARLY SURVIVOR ANNUITY. A Participant who
                           is employed after -----------------------------------
                           attaining the qualified early  retirement age will be
                           given the  opportunity to elect,  during the election
                           period,  to have a survivor annuity payable on death.
                           If  the  Participant  elects  the  survivor  annuity,
                           payments under such annuity must not be less than the
                           payments  which  would  have been made to the  spouse
                           under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the
                           Participant  had retired on the day before his or her
                           death.  Any election  under this provision will be in
                           writing and may be changed by the  Participant at any
                           time. The election  period begins on the later of (1)
                           the 90th  day  before  the  Participant  attains  the
                           qualified  early  retirement  age, or (2) the date on
                           which Participation  begins, and ends on the date the
                           Participant terminates employment.



                                      -63-

<PAGE>
                  (iii)    DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Section  8.7(d) of
                           the Plan, ------------

                           (1)      Qualified early retirement age is the latest
                                    of:

                                    (a)     the earliest  date,  under the Plan,
                                            on which the  Participant  may elect
                                            to receive retirement benefits,

                                    (b)     first   day  of  the   120th   month
                                            beginning   before  the  Participant
                                            reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                                    (c)     the  date  the  Participant   begins
                                            participation.

                           (2)      Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity is an
                                    annuity for the life of the Participant with
                                    a  survivor  annuity  for  the  life  of the
                                    spouse as  described  in Section 8.4 of this
                                    Article.

               ARTICLE IX. BENEFICIARY AND PARTICIPANT INFORMATION

9.1      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

         Each  Participant from time to time may designate any person or persons
         (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits
         payable  under  the  Plan  upon  or  after  his  death,  and  any  such
         designation  may be  changed  from time to time by the  Participant  by
         filing a new  designation.  Each  designation  will  revoke  all  prior
         designations  made by the Participant,  shall be in writing in the form
         prescribed by the Employer and shall be effective only when the written
         designation is filed with the Employer during his lifetime.

         In  the  absence  of  a  valid  Beneficiary   designation   (except  in
         conjunction  with the election of a form of benefit  payment which does
         not require the  designation of a specific  Beneficiary)  or if, at the
         time any benefit becomes  payable to a Beneficiary,  there is no living
         Beneficiary  so designated by the  Participant  to receive the benefit,
         the Employer shall direct the Trustee to distribute such benefit to the
         Participant's  spouse, if then living. If there is no surviving spouse,
         then  the  benefit  shall  be paid  to the  Participant's  then  living
         descendants,  if any, per stirpes,  otherwise to the Participant's then
         living  parents or parents,  equally,  otherwise  to the  Participant's
         estate.

9.2      INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PARTICIPANT AND BENEFICIARIES.

         Any  communications,  addressed to a Participant  or Beneficiary at his
         last post office  address filed with the Employer,  shall be binding on
         the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. Except for
         the  Employer's  sending  of a  registered  letter  to the  last  known
         address,  neither the  Trustees  nor the  Employer  shall be obliged to
         search for any Participant or Beneficiary.


                                      -64-

<PAGE>
         If a benefit is forfeited because the Participant or Beneficiary cannot
         be found,  such  benefit will be  reinstated  if a claim is made by the
         Participant or Beneficiary.

                        ARTICLE X. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

         To the extent  provided in the Adoption  Agreement,  and subject to the
         consent of the Trustee,  the Plan Administrator  shall establish a loan
         program under which:

         (1)      Loans  shall  be  made  available  to  all   Participants  and
                  Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis.

         (2)      Loans  shall  not be  made  available  to  Highly  Compensated
                  Employees  (as  defined in  section  414(q) of the Code) in an
                  amount  greater  than  the  amount  made  available  to  other
                  Employees.

         (3)      Loans  must  be  adequately  secured  and  bear  a  reasonable
                  interest rate.

         (4)      No  Participant  loan shall exceed 50% of the present value of
                  the  Participant's  vested  Accrued  Benefit  if T. Rowe Price
                  Trust  Company is the Trustee.  If T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                  is not the  Trustee,  no  Participant  loan  shall  exceed the
                  present value of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit.

         (5)      A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if
                  any, to use of the account  balance as security  for the loan.
                  Spousal   consent  shall  be  obtained  no  earlier  than  the
                  beginning of the 90-day  period that ends on the date on which
                  the loan is to be so secured.  The consent must be in writing,
                  must  acknowledge the effect of the loan and must be witnessed
                  by a plan  representative or notary public. Such consent shall
                  thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or
                  any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent
                  shall  be  required  if  the  account   balance  is  used  for
                  renegotiation,  extension,  renewal or other  revision  of the
                  loan.

         (6)      In  the  event  of  default,   foreclosure  on  the  note  and
                  attachment  of security  will not occur until a  distributable
                  event occurs in the Plan.

         (7)      No  loans  will  be  made  to  any   shareholder-Employee   or
                  Owner-Employee.   For   purposes   of  this   requirement,   a
                  shareholder-Employee  means  an  Employee  or  officer  of  an
                  electing  small business  (Subchapter S) corporation  who owns
                  (or is  considered  as owning  within  the  meaning of section
                  318(a)(1) of the Code),  on any day during the taxable year of
                  such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the
                  corporation.

                  If a valid  spousal  consent has been  obtained in  accordance
                  with (5), then,  notwithstanding  any other  provision of this
                  Plan, the portion of the Participant's


                                      -65-

<PAGE>
                  vested account balance used as a security interest held by the
                  Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant  shall
                  be taken into account for purposes of  determining  the amount
                  of the  account  balance  payable  at the  time  of  death  or
                  distribution,  but only if the  reduction is used as repayment
                  of the loan.  If less than  100% of the  Participant's  vested
                  account  balance  (determined  without regard to the preceding
                  sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the account
                  balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested account
                  balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the
                  loan,  and  then   determining  the  benefit  payable  to  the
                  surviving spouse.

                  No loan to any  Participant or Beneficiary  can be made to the
                  extent that such loan when added to the outstanding balance of
                  all other loans to the Participant or Beneficiary would exceed
                  the  lesser of (a)  $50,000  reduced by the excess (if any) of
                  the highest  outstanding  balance of loans during the one year
                  period  ending on the day  before  the loan is made,  over the
                  outstanding  balance  of  loans  from the Plan on the date the
                  loan  is  made,  or (b)  one-half  the  present  value  of the
                  nonforfeitable  Accrued  Benefit of the  Participant.  For the
                  purpose of the above  limitation,  all loans from all plans of
                  the  Employer  and  other  members  of a  group  of  Employers
                  described in section 414(b),  (c), (m) and (o) of the Code are
                  aggregated.  Furthermore,  any loan shall by its terms require
                  that repayment  (principal and interest) be amortized in level
                  payments,  not less frequently  than quarterly,  over a period
                  not  extending  beyond  five  years from the date of the loan,
                  unless  such loan is used to  acquire a  dwelling  unit  which
                  within a reasonable  time  (determined at the time the loan is
                  made)  will  be  used  as  the  principal   residence  of  the
                  Participant.  An  assignment  or pledge of any  portion of the
                  Participant's  interest  in the  Plan  and a loan,  pledge  or
                  assignment  with respect to any insurance  contract  purchased
                  under  the  Plan,  will  be  treated  as  a  loan  under  this
                  paragraph.

                        ARTICLE XI. TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

11.1     APPLICABILITY.

         Notwithstanding  any other provisions of the Plan or Adoption Agreement
         to the  contrary,  if for any Plan  Year the Plan  becomes  a Top Heavy
         Plan, the  requirements of this Article XI of the Plan shall be applied
         for such Plan Year.

11.2     DEFINITIONS.

         The  following   terms  shall  have  the  following   meanings  in  the
         determination of whether or not the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan:

         (a)      DETERMINATION  DATE. For any Plan Year subsequent to the first
                  Plan Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the
                  first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.


                                      -66-

<PAGE>
         (b)      EMPLOYER.  The  Employer  who adopted  this Plan and any other
                  Employer some or all of whose  Employees  participate  in this
                  Plan or in a  retirement  plan which is  aggregated  with this
                  Plan as part of a permissive or required aggregation group.

         (c)      EMPLOYER  GROUP.  A group of  Employers  who,  for purposes of
                  section  416 of the Code,  are  treated  as a single  Employer
                  under section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code.

         (d)      KEY  EMPLOYEE.  Any  Employee  or  former  Employee  (and  the
                  Beneficiaries of such ------------- Employee) who, at any time
                  during  the  determination  period,  was  an  officer  of  the
                  Employer if such individual's annual Compensation  exceeds 50%
                  of the dollar  limitation  under section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the
                  Code,  an owner (or  considered  an owner under section 318 of
                  the Code) of one of the ten largest  interests in the Employer
                  if such individual's  Compensation  exceeds 100% of the dollar
                  limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a 5-percent
                  owner of the  Employer,  or a l-percent  owner of the Employer
                  who has  annual  Compensation  of more than  $150,000.  Annual
                  Compensation   means   Compensation   as  defined  in  section
                  415(c)(3) of the Code,  but including  amounts  contributed by
                  the Employer  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement which
                  are excludible from the Employee's  gross income under section
                  125,   402(e)(3),   402(h)  or   403(b)   of  the  Code.   The
                  determination   period  is  the  Plan  Year   containing   the
                  Determination Date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

                  The  determination  of who is a Key  Employee  will be made in
                  accordance  with  section   416(i)(1)  of  the  Code  and  the
                  regulations thereunder.

         (e)      NON-KEY   EMPLOYEE.   Any  Employee  or  former  Employee  (or
                  Beneficiaries  of such Employee) who is not considered to be a
                  Key Employee.

         (f)      PERMISSIVE  AGGREGATION GROUP. The required  aggregation group
                  of plans plus any other plan or plans of the  Employer  which,
                  when  considered  as a group  with  the  required  aggregation
                  group,  would continue to satisfy the requirements of sections
                  401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

         (g)      PRESENT  VALUE.  Present  value  shall  be  based  only on the
                  interest  and  mortality   rates  specified  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement.

         (h)      REQUIRED  AGGREGATION  GROUP.  (i) Each  qualified plan of the
                  Employer in which at least one Key  Employee  participates  or
                  participated  at any  time  during  the  determination  period
                  (regardless of whether the plan has terminated),  and (ii) any
                  other  qualified  plan of the  Employer  which  enables a plan
                  described in (i) to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4)
                  or 410 of the Code.



                                      -67-

<PAGE>
         (i)      TOP HEAVY PLAN. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
                  1983,  this  Plan  is  Top  Heavy  if  any  of  the  following
                  conditions exist:

                  (i)      If the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan  exceeds 60% and
                           this  Plan  is not  pan of any  required  aggregation
                           group or permissive aggregation group of plans.

                  (ii)     If this Plan is a pan of a required aggregation group
                           of  plans  but not part of a  permissive  aggregation
                           group and the Top Heavy  Ratio for the group of plans
                           exceeds 60%.

                  (iii)    If  this  Plan is a part  of a  required  aggregation
                           group and part of a permissive  aggregation  group of
                           plans  and the Top  Heavy  Ratio  for the  permissive
                           aggregation group exceeds 60%.

         (j)      TOP HEAVY RATIO.

                  (i)      If  the  Employer   maintains  one  or  more  defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any
                           defined  benefit plan which during the 5-year  period
                           ending on the  determination  date(s)  has or has had
                           Accrued  Benefits,  the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan
                           alone or for the required or permissible  aggregation
                           group as appropriate is a fraction,  the numerator of
                           which is the sum of the  account  balances of all Key
                           Employees as of the determination  date(s) (including
                           any part of any account  balance  distributed  in the
                           5-year period ending on the  determination  date(s)),
                           and  the  denominator  of  which  is  the  sum of all
                           account  balances  (including any part of any account
                           balance  distributed  in the 5-year  period ending on
                           the   determination   date(s)),   both   computed  in
                           accordance  with  section  416 of the  Code  and  the
                           regulations   thereunder.   Both  the  numerator  and
                           denominator  of the Top Heavy Ratio are  increased to
                           reflect any  contribution not actually made as of the
                           determination date, but which is required to be taken
                           into  account on that date under  section  416 of the
                           Code and the regulations thereunder.

                  (ii)     If  the  Employer   maintains  one  or  more  defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension  Plan)  and  the  Employer  maintains  or has
                           maintained  one or more defined  benefit  plans which
                           during the 5-year period ending on the  determination
                           date(s) has or has had any Accrued Benefits,  the Top
                           Heavy   Ratio   for  any   required   or   permissive
                           aggregation  group as appropriate is a fraction,  the
                           numerator  of  which is the sum of  account  balances
                           under the  aggregated  defined  contribution  plan or
                           plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance
                           with (a)  above,  and the  present  value of  Accrued
                           Benefits under the aggregated defined


                                      -68-

<PAGE>
                           benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
                           determination  date(s),  and the denominator of which
                           is  the  sum  of  the  account   balances  under  the
                           aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
                           Participants,   determined  in  accordance  with  (a)
                           above,  and the  present  value of  Accrued  Benefits
                           under  the  defined  benefit  plan or  plans  for all
                           Participants  as of the  determination  date(s),  all
                           determined in accordance with section 416 of the Code
                           and the regulations thereunder.  The Accrued Benefits
                           under a defined  benefit  plan in both the  numerator
                           and  denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased
                           for any  distribution  of an Accrued  Benefit made in
                           the  five-year  period  ending  on the  determination
                           date.

                  (iii)    For  purposes  of (i) and (ii)  above,  the  value of
                           account  balances  and the  present  value of Accrued
                           Benefits  will be  determined  as of the most  recent
                           Valuation  Date that falls within or ends with the 12
                           month period ending on the determination date, except
                           as  provided  in  section  416 of the  Code  and  the
                           regulations  thereunder for the first and second Plan
                           Years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
                           and Accrued  Benefits of a Participant (1) who is not
                           a Key  Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior
                           year,  or (2) who has not been credited with at least
                           one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the
                           Plan at any time during the 5-year  period  ending on
                           the  determination  date  will  be  disregarded.  The
                           calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
                           which   distributions,    rollovers,    nondeductible
                           Employee  contributions  and transfers are taken into
                           account  will  be  made in  accordance  with  section
                           416(g)  of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder.
                           When aggregating plans, the value of account balances
                           and  Accrued   Benefits  will  be   calculated   with
                           reference to the determination dates that fall within
                           the same calendar year.

                           The Accrued Benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                           Employee shall be determined under (1) the method, if
                           any,  that  uniformly  applies for  accrual  purposes
                           under all defined  benefit  plans  maintained  by the
                           Employer,  or (2) if there is no such  method,  as if
                           such  benefit  accrued  not  more  rapidly  than  the
                           slowest  accrual rate permitted  under the fractional
                           rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         (k)      VALUATION  DATE.  The date  elected by the Employer in Section
                  15(e) of the Adoption  Agreement as of which account  balances
                  or Accrued Benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the
                  Top Heavy Ratio.

11.3     MINIMUM COMPENSATION.

         For any  Plan  Year in  which  the Plan is Top  Heavy,  only the  first
         $200,000 (or such larger  amount as may be  prescribed by the Secretary
         of Treasury or his delegate) of a


                                      -69-

<PAGE>
         Participant's  annual  Compensation  shall be taken  into  account  for
         purposes of determining Employer contributions under the Plan.

11.4     MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

         (a)      Except  as  otherwise  provided  in (c)  and  (d)  below,  the
                  Employer  contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of
                  any  Participant  who is not a Key Employee  shall not be less
                  than  the  lesser  of  three  percent  of  such  Participant's
                  Compensation  or in the case where the Employer has no defined
                  benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy section 401
                  of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer  contributions
                  (including any salary deferral  contribution) and forfeitures,
                  as a percentage  of the first  $200,000 of the Key  Employee's
                  Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that
                  year. The minimum  allocation is determined  without regard to
                  any Social  Security  contribution.  This  minimum  allocation
                  shall be made even though,  under other plan  provisions,  the
                  Participant  would not  otherwise  be  entitled  to receive an
                  allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the
                  year  because of (i) the  Participant's  failure  to  complete
                  1,000  Hours of Service  (or any  equivalent  provided  in the
                  Plan),  (ii)  the  Participant's  failure  to  make  mandatory
                  Employee    contributions    (including    elective   deferral
                  contributions) to the Plan, or (iii)  Compensation less than a
                  stated  amount.   Neither  Elective   Deferrals  nor  Matching
                  Contributions  may be taken into  account  for the  purpose of
                  satisfying the minimum Top Heavy contribution requirements.

         (b)      For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation
                  will mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.9 of the Plan.

         (c)      The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any  Participant
                  who was not  employed  by the  Employer on the last day of the
                  Plan Year.

         (d)      The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any  Participant
                  to the extent the  Participant is covered under any other plan
                  or plans of the  Employer  and the  Employer  has  provided in
                  Section  15  of  the  Adoption   Agreement  that  the  minimum
                  allocation  or  benefit  requirement  applicable  to Top Heavy
                  plans will be met in the other plan or plans.

         (e)      The minimum  allocation or benefit  requirement  applicable to
                  Top Heavy plans (to the extent  required to be  nonforfeitable
                  under section  416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited  under
                  section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.

         If Employees are covered  under both a Top Heavy  defined  benefit plan
         and defined contribution plan of the Employer,  the denominators of the
         defined  benefit and defined  contribution  fractions  (as described in
         Section 5.4 of the Plan) shall be computed by  substituting a factor of
         1.0 for 1.25.



                                      -70-

<PAGE>
         However,  if the Top Heavy Ratio (as  described in Section 11.2 of this
         Article)  does not exceed 90%, the Employer may use a factor of 1.25 in
         the  fractions  provided  one of the  following  is used to satisfy the
         minimum contribution requirements:

                  (i)      a minimum  benefit of 3% per Year of  Service  (up to
                           30%) is provided in the defined benefit plan;

                  (ii)     a minimum  contribution  of 7 1/2% is provided in the
                           defined contribution plan; or

                  (iii)    a  minimum  contribution  of 4% is  provided  in  the
                           defined contribution plan and a minimum benefit of 3%
                           per Year of Service  (up to 30%) is  provided  in the
                           defined benefit plan.

                  In the event that the Top Heavy Ratio exceeds 90%, a factor of
                  1.0 shall always be applied when computing the defined benefit
                  and defined contribution fractions.

11.5     VESTING.

         For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top Heavy,  one of the  minimum
         vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption  Agreement
         will  automatically  apply to the Plan.  The minimum  vesting  schedule
         applies to all benefits within the meaning of section  411(a)(7) of the
         Code except those  attributable  to Employee  contributions,  including
         benefits  accrued  before the Effective Date of section 416 of the Code
         and  benefits  accrued  before the Plan became Top Heavy.  Further,  no
         decrease in a Participant's  nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the
         event  the  Plan's  status  as Top  Heavy  changes  for any Plan  Year.
         However,  this  Section  does not apply to the account  balances of any
         Employee  who  does  not  have an Hour of  Service  after  the Plan has
         initially  become  Top  Heavy  and  such  Employee's   account  balance
         attributable  to  Employer   contributions   and  forfeitures  will  be
         determined without regard to this Section.

                     ARTICLE XII. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

12.1     DUTIES AND  RESPONSIBILITY  OF  FIDUCIARIES:  ALLOCATION  OF  FIDUCIARY
         RESPONSIBILITY.

         A fiduciary to the Plan shall have only those specific powers,  duties,
         responsibilities  and obligations as are explicitly given him under the
         Plan and Trust Agreement.  In general, the Employer shall have the sole
         responsibility  for making  contributions  to the Plan  required  under
         Article  III  of  the  Plan,   appointing  the  Trustee  and  the  Plan
         Administrator, and determining the funds available for investment under
         the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for
         the  administration  of the Plan,  as more fully  described  in Section
         12.2. It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible  only for
         the proper  exercise of his own powers,  duties,  responsibilities  and
         obligations  under  the Plan and  Trust  Agreement,  and  shall  not be
         responsible for any act or failure to act of


                                      -71-

<PAGE>
         another  fiduciary.  A fiduciary  may serve in more than one  fiduciary
         capacity with respect to the Plan.

12.2     POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

         (a)      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan Administrator  shall have
                  all powers --------------------------- necessary to administer
                  the Plan,  including  the power to construe and  interpret the
                  Plan  documents;  to  decide  all  questions  relating  to  an
                  individual's  eligibility  to  participate  in  the  Plan;  to
                  determine the amount, manner and timing of any distribution of
                  benefits or  withdrawal  under the Plan; to approve and insure
                  the repayment of any loan to a Participant  under the Plan; to
                  resolve any claim for  benefits  in  accordance  with  Section
                  12.7;  and to  appoint  or employ  advisors,  including  legal
                  counsel,  to render  advice  with  respect  to any of the Plan
                  Administrator's   responsibilities   under   the   Plan.   Any
                  construction  interpretation or application of the Plan by the
                  Plan Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding. All
                  actions by the Plan  Administrator  shall be taken pursuant to
                  uniform standards  applied to all persons similarly  situated.
                  The Plan Administrator shall have no power to add to, subtract
                  from or modify  any of the terms of the Plan,  or to change or
                  add to any benefits  provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail
                  to apply any  requirements  of eligibility for a benefit under
                  the Plan.

         (b)      RECORDS  AND  REPORTS.   The  Plan   Administrator   shall  be
                  responsible  for maintaining  --------------------  sufficient
                  records  to reflect  the  Eligibility  Computation  Periods in
                  which  an  Employee  is  credited  with  one or more  Years of
                  Service  for  purposes  of  determining   his  eligibility  to
                  participate  in  the  Plan,  and  the   Compensation  of  each
                  Participant   for  purposes  of  determining   the  amount  of
                  contributions  that  may  be  made  by or  on  behalf  of  the
                  Participant  under the Plan. The Plan  Administrator  shall be
                  responsible   for   submitting   all   required   reports  and
                  notifications  relating to the Plan to  Participants  or their
                  Beneficiaries, the Internal Revenue Service and the Department
                  of Labor.

         (c)      FURNISHING TRUSTEE WITH  INSTRUCTIONS.  The Plan Administrator
                  shall be  responsible  for furnishing the Trustee with written
                  instructions  regarding all  contributions  to the Trust,  all
                  distributions  to Participants  and all loans to Participants.
                  In addition,  the Plan Administrator  shall be responsible for
                  furnishing the Trustee with any further information respecting
                  the Plan which the Trustee may request for the  performance of
                  its duties or for the  purpose  of making  any  returns to the
                  Internal  Revenue  Service  or  Department  of Labor as may be
                  required of the Trustee.

         (d)      RULES AND  DECISIONS.  The Plan  Administrator  may adopt such
                  rules as it deems  necessary,  desirable or appropriate in the
                  administration  of the Plan.  All rules and  decisions  of the
                  Plan Administrator shall be applied uniformly and consistently
                  to all  Participants in similar  circumstances.  When making a
                  determination or calculation,  the Plan Administrator shall be
                  entitled to rely upon information


                                      -72-

<PAGE>
                  furnished by a Participant or Beneficiary,  the Employer,  the
                  legal counsel of the Employer or the Trustee.

         (e)      APPLICATION AND FORMS FOR BENEFITS. The Plan Administrator may
                  require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file with
                  it an application for a benefit,  and to furnish all pertinent
                  information  requested by it. The Plan  Administrator may rely
                  upon all such  information  so furnished to it,  including the
                  Participant's or Beneficiary's current mailing address.

12.3     ALLOCATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

         The Plan  Administrator  may by written  instrument  allocate among its
         members or Employees any of its duties and responsibilities not already
         allocated under the Plan or may designate persons other than members or
         Employees  to carry  out any of the  Plan  Administrator's  duties  and
         responsibilities  under the Plan.  Any such duties or  responsibilities
         thus allocated must be described in the written instrument. If a person
         other than an Employee of the  Employer is so  designated,  such person
         must   acknowledge   in  writing  his  acceptance  of  the  duties  and
         responsibilities allocated to him.

12.4     APPOINTMENT OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

         The  Employer  shall  designate  in the  Adoption  Agreement  the  Plan
         Administrator  who shall  administer  the  Employer's  Plan.  Such Plan
         Administrator may consist of an individual,  a committee of two or more
         individuals, whether or not, in either such case, the individual or any
         of such individuals are Employees of the Employer, a consulting firm or
         other independent agent, the Trustee (with its consent) or the Employer
         itself. Except as the Employer shall otherwise expressly determine, the
         Plan  Administrator  shall  be  charged  with the  full  power  and the
         responsibility  for  administering  the Plan in all its details.  If no
         Plan Administrator has been appointed by the Employer, or if the person
         designated as Plan Administrator by the Employer is not serving as such
         for  any  reason,   the  Employer  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  Plan
         Administrator of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may be removed by the
         Employer,  or may resign by giving  notice in writing to the  Employer,
         and in the  event  of the  removal,  resignation  or  death,  or  other
         termination of Service by the Plan  Administrator,  the Employer shall,
         as soon as practicable,  appoint a successor Plan  Administrator,  such
         successor thereafter to have all of the rights, privileges,  duties and
         obligations of the predecessor Plan Administrator.

12.5     EXPENSES.

         The Employer shall pay all expenses authorized and incurred by the Plan
         in the administration of the Plan (including  Trustee's fees) except to
         the extent such expenses are paid from the Trust.

12.6     LIABILITIES.


                                      -73-

<PAGE>
         The  Plan   Administrator   and  each   person  to  whom   duties   and
         responsibilities  have been  allocated  pursuant to Section 12.3 may be
         indemnified  and held  harmless  by the  Employer  with  respect to any
         alleged  breach  of  responsibilities  performed  or  to  be  performed
         hereunder.  The Employer and each  Affiliated  Employer shall indemnify
         and hold harmless the Sponsor  against all claims,  liabilities,  fines
         and penalties and all expenses  reasonably  incurred by or imposed upon
         him (including,  but not limited to, reasonable  attorney's fees) which
         arise as a result of actions or failure to act in  connection  with the
         operation and administration of the Plan.

12.7     CLAIMS PROCEDURE.

         (a)      FILING A CLAIM.

                  Any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  under  the  Plan may file a
                  written  claim for a Plan benefit with the Plan  Administrator
                  or with a person  named by the Plan  Administrator  to receive
                  claims under the Plan.

         (b)      NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.

                  In the  event of a denial  or  limitation  of any  benefit  or
                  payment due to or requested by any  Participant or Beneficiary
                  under the Plan ("claimant"), claimant shall be given a written
                  notification  containing  specific  reasons  for the denial or
                  limitation  of his  benefit.  The written  notification  shall
                  contain specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on
                  which the denial or  limitation  of his  benefit is based.  In
                  addition, it shall contain a description of any other material
                  or information  necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim,
                  and an  explanation  of why such  material or  information  is
                  necessary.  The notification shall further provide appropriate
                  information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes
                  to submit  his claim for  review.  This  written  notification
                  shall be given to a claimant  within 90 days after  receipt of
                  his   claim  by  the   Plan   Administrator   unless   special
                  circumstances  require an extension of time for processing the
                  claim.  If  such  an  extension  of  time  for  processing  is
                  required,  written notice of the extension  shall be furnished
                  to the  claimant  prior  to the  termination  of  said  90-day
                  period,   and  such   notice   shall   indicate   the  special
                  circumstances which make the postponement appropriate.

         (c)      RIGHT OF REVIEW.

                  In the event of a denial or  limitation  of his  benefit,  the
                  claimant  or  his  duly  authorized  representative  shall  be
                  permitted to review  pertinent  documents and to submit to the
                  Plan  Administrator   issues  and  comments  in  writing.   In
                  addition,  the claimant or his duly authorized  representative
                  may make a written  request  for a full and fair review of his
                  claim  and its  denial  by the Plan  Administrator;  provided,
                  however,  that such  written  request  must be received by the
                  Plan


                                      -74-

<PAGE>
                  Administrator  (or its  delegate  to  receive  such  requests)
                  within  60 days  after  receipt  by the  claimant  of  written
                  notification  of the denial or  limitation  of the claim.  The
                  60-day  requirement may be waived by the Plan Administrator in
                  appropriate cases.

         (d)      DECISION ON REVIEW.

                  A decision shall be rendered by the Plan Administrator  within
                  60 days after the receipt of the request for review,  provided
                  that where special  circumstances require an extension of time
                  for  processing  the decision,  it may be postponed on written
                  notice to the claimant (prior to the expiration of the initial
                  60-day  period) for an additional 60 days after the receipt of
                  such   request   for   review.   Any   decision  by  the  Plan
                  Administrator  shall be  furnished  to the claimant in writing
                  and shall set forth the specific  reasons for the decision and
                  the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

         (e)      COURT ACTION.

                  No  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have the right to seek
                  judicial  review  of a denial  of  benefits,  or to bring  any
                  action in any court to enforce a claim for  benefits  prior to
                  filing a claim for benefits or exhausting his rights to review
                  under this Section 12.7.

                 ARTICLE XIII. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

13.1     AMENDMENTS.

         (a)      The Employer expressly recognizes the authority of the Sponsor
                  to amend  this Plan and Trust from time to time,  except  with
                  respect  to   elections   of  the  Employer  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement,  and the Employer shall be deemed to have consented
                  to any such  amendment.  The Employer  shall receive a written
                  instrument  indicating the amendment of the Plan and Trust and
                  such amendment shall become effective as of the Effective Date
                  of such instrument. No such amendment shall in any way impair,
                  reduce or affect any Participant's  vested and  nonforfeitable
                  rights in the Trust.

         (b)      The  Employer  may (i)  change  the  choice of  options in the
                  Adoption  Agreement,  (ii)  add  overriding  language  in  the
                  Adoption  Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy
                  section  415  or  416  of the  Code  because  of the  required
                  aggregation  of multiple  plans,  and (iii) add certain  model
                  amendments  published by the Internal  Revenue  Service  which
                  specifically  provide that their  adoption  will not cause the
                  Plan to be treated as individually  designed. An Employer that
                  amends the Plan for any other  reason,  including  a waiver of
                  the minimum  funding  requirement  under section 412(d) of the
                  Code, will no longer participate in this


                                      -75-

<PAGE>
                  master or  prototype  plan and will be  considered  to have an
                  individually designed plan.

                  The sponsoring organization may amend any part of the Plan. In
                  the case of a mass submitter  plan,  the mass submitter  shall
                  amend the plan on behalf of the  sponsoring  organization.  If
                  the sponsoring  organization does not adopt the amendment made
                  by the mass submitter,  it will no longer be identical to or a
                  minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.

         (c)      No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that
                  it has  the  effect  of  decreasing  a  Participant's  Accrued
                  Benefit.    Notwithstanding   the   preceding   sentence,    a
                  Participant's  account  balance  may be  reduced to the extent
                  permitted under section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of
                  this  paragraph,  a plan  amendment  which  has the  effect of
                  decreasing a  Participant's  account balance or eliminating an
                  optional   form  of   benefit,   with   respect  to   benefits
                  attributable  to Service before the amendment shall be treated
                  as reducing an Accrued  Benefit.  Furthermore,  if the vesting
                  schedule of a plan is amended,  in the case of an Employee who
                  is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is
                  adopted or the date it becomes  effective,  the nonforfeitable
                  percentage  (determined  as of such  date) of such  Employee's
                  right to his Employer-derived Accrued Benefit will not be less
                  than his percentage  computed under the Plan without regard to
                  such amendment.

13.2     PLAN TERMINATION: DISCONTINUANCE OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      The Employer may terminate the Plan at any time in whole or in
                  part. In the event of the dissolution,  merger,  consolidation
                  or   reorganization   of  the   Employer,   the   Plan   shall
                  automatically  terminate  and the Trust shall be liquidated as
                  provided in  paragraph  (b) below unless the Plan is continued
                  by a successor Employer in accordance with Section 13.3.

         (b)      Upon the  complete or partial  termination  of the Plan or the
                  complete  discontinuance of Employer  contributions  under the
                  Plan, the Accrued Benefit of all Participants affected thereby
                  shall  become fully  vested and  nonforfeitable,  and the Plan
                  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to  distribute  assets
                  remaining in the Trust, after payment of any expenses properly
                  chargeable  thereto,  to Participants or their  Beneficiaries.
                  The  sponsoring  organization  may amend any part of the Plan.
                  For purposes of sponsoring  organization  amendment,  the mass
                  submitter  shall be recognized as the agent of the  sponsoring
                  organization.  If the sponsoring  organization  does not adopt
                  the amendment made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be
                  identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.



                                      -76-

<PAGE>
13.3     SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER.

         In  the   event   of  the   dissolution,   merger,   consolidation   or
         reorganization of the Employer, provision may be made by which the Plan
         and Trust shall be continued by the successor  Employer,  in which case
         such successor Employer shall be substituted for the Employer under the
         Plan. The  substitution of the successor  Employer shall  constitute an
         assumption  of Plan  liabilities  by the  successor  Employer,  and the
         successor Employer shall have all powers,  duties and  responsibilities
         of the Employer under the Plan.

13.4     MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER.

         In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer
         of assets or  liabilities  of the Plan to, any other  plan of  deferred
         compensation  maintained or to be established for the benefit of all or
         some  of the  Participants  of  the  Plan,  the  transaction  shall  be
         structured so that each Participant would (if the Plan then terminated)
         receive  a  benefit  immediately  after the  merger,  consolidation  or
         transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit the  Participant
         would have been  entitled  to receive  immediately  before the  merger,
         consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated).

                      ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

14.1     EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES.

         (a)      All assets of the Trust  shall be retained  for the  exclusive
                  benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries,  and shall be
                  used only to pay benefits to such persons or to pay reasonable
                  fees and  expenses of the Trust and of the  administration  of
                  the Plan.  The  assets of the  Trust  shall not  revert to the
                  benefit  of the  Employer,  except as  otherwise  specifically
                  provided in Section 14.1(b).

         (b)      Contributions  to the Trust under this Plan are subject to the
                  following conditions:

                  (i)      If a contribution  or any part thereof is made to the
                           Trust by the Employer  under a mistake of fact,  such
                           contribution or part thereof shall be returned to the
                           Employer   within   one  year   after  the  date  the
                           contribution is made;

                  (ii)     In  the  event  that  the  Commissioner  of  Internal
                           Revenue  determines  that the  Plan is not  initially
                           qualified  under  the  Internal   Revenue  Code,  any
                           contribution    made   incident   to   that   initial
                           qualification by the Employer must be returned to the
                           Employer  within one year after the date the  initial
                           qualification is denied,  but only if the application
                           for the  qualification is made by the time prescribed
                           by law  for  filing  the  Employer's  return  for the
                           taxable  year in which the Plan is  adopted,  or such
                           later  date  as the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  may
                           prescribe; and



                                      -77-

<PAGE>
                  (iii)    Contributions   to   the   Trust   are   specifically
                           conditioned  on their  deductibility  under  the Code
                           and, to the extent a deduction is disallowed  for any
                           such  contribution,  such amount shall be returned to
                           the  Employer  within  one year after the date of the
                           disallowance of the deduction.

14.2     NONGUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT.

         Nothing  contained  in this Plan shall be  construed  as a contract  of
         employment between the Employer and any Employee,  or as a right of any
         Employee to be continued in the  employment  of the  Employer,  or as a
         limitation  of  the  right  of the  Employer  to  discharge  any of its
         Employees, with or without cause.

14.3     RIGHTS TO TRUST ASSETS.

         No Employee,  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have any right to, or
         interest in, any assets of the Trust upon  termination of employment or
         otherwise,  except as provided under the Plan. All payments of benefits
         under the Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust.

14.4     NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

         Except as provided  under  Article X of the Plan,  with respect to Plan
         loans,  benefits  payable  under the Plan  shall not be  subject in any
         manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
         encumbrance,  charge,  garnishment,  execution  or  levy  of any  kind,
         voluntary or involuntary; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not
         be hereby precluded from complying with a qualified  domestic relations
         order  described  in  section  414(p)  of the  Code,  or  any  domestic
         relations  order entered  before January 1, 1985,  requiring  deduction
         from  distributions to a recipient in pay status for alimony or support
         payments. Any attempt to anticipate,  alienate, sell, transfer, assign,
         pledge, encumber,  charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits
         payable  hereunder  shall be void. The Trust shall not in any manner be
         liable  for,  or  subject  to,  the  debts,   contracts,   liabilities,
         engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits hereunder.

14.5     GENDER.

         The use of the  masculine  pronoun  shall  extend  to and  include  the
         feminine  gender  wherever  appropriate,  the use of the singular shall
         include the plural and the use of the plural shall include the singular
         wherever appropriate.

14.6     TITLES AND HEADINGS.

         The titles or headings of the  respective  Articles  and  Sections  are
         inserted merely for convenience and shall be given no legal effect.



                                      -78-

<PAGE>
14.7     FAILURE OF EMPLOYER'S PLAN TO QUALIFY.

         If the Employer's  Plan fails to attain or retain  qualification,  such
         Plan  will no longer  participate  in this  Prototype  Plan and will be
         considered an individually designed plan.

14.8     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS.

         If any of the provisions of this Plan or of the Trust  Agreement are at
         any time in any way inconsistent  with any laws of the United States of
         America  or the laws of any state if not  preempted  by  ERISA,  or any
         regulations of the Internal Revenue Service,  U.S. Department of Labor,
         or any other Federal or state  regulatory  authority,  in a manner that
         adversely affects the qualified status of the Plan under section 401(a)
         of the Code or the tax-exempt  status of the Trust under section 501(a)
         of the Code,  or may result in any civil  penalties  under ERISA or any
         other law, then the Employer,  the  Administrator and the Trustee shall
         comply with the  requirements of such laws or regulations,  rather than
         with the  provisions  of the  Plan and  Trust  which  are  inconsistent
         therewith.  The  Employer,  Administrator  and  Trustee  shall incur no
         liability for following such laws, rules or regulations.



                                      -79-

<PAGE>
                             401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

         The Employer has  established a Plan to provide  retirement,  death and
         disability  benefits for  eligible  Employees  and their  Beneficiaries
         pursuant  to  section  401 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
         amended. As part of the Plan, the Employer has requested such person or
         persons  (individual,  corporate or other entity), as may be designated
         in the Adoption  Agreement,  to serve as Trustee  pursuant to the Trust
         established for the investment of contributions under the Plan upon the
         terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         Unless the context of this Trust Agreement clearly indicates otherwise,
         the  terms  defined  in  Article  I of the  Plan  entered  into  by the
         Employer,  of which this Trust Agreement forms a part, shall, when used
         herein, have the same meaning as in said Plan.

                                   ARTICLE I.

ACCOUNTS

1.1      ESTABLISHING ACCOUNTS.

         The Trustee  shall open and maintain a trust  account for the Plan and,
         as part thereof,  Participant's  accounts for such  individuals  as the
         Administrator  shall,  from time to time,  give  written  notice to the
         Trustee as being  Participants in the Plan. The Trustee shall also open
         and maintain such other  accounts as may be appropriate or desirable to
         aid in the  administration  of the Plan.  A separate  account  shall be
         maintained  for  each  Participant  and  shall  be  credited  with  the
         contributions   made  and  any  forfeitures   allocated  to  each  such
         Participant  pursuant  to the Plan  (and  all  earnings  thereon).  The
         Trustee  shall  open and  maintain  as a part of the  Trust a  separate
         account  for  each   Participant   who  makes   required  or  voluntary
         contributions,  each such account to be credited with the Participant's
         required or voluntary  contributions (and all earnings  attributable to
         such contributions).

1.2      CHARGES AGAINST ACCOUNTS.

         Upon  receipt  of  written  instructions  from the  Administrator,  the
         Trustee shall charge the appropriate account of the Participant for any
         withdrawals or distributions  made under the Plan and any forfeiture of
         unvested interests  attributable to Employer contributions which may be
         required   under  the  Plan.  The   Administrator   will  give  written
         instructions  to the Trustee  specifying  the manner in which  Employer
         contributions  and any forfeiture of the nonvested portion of accounts,
         as allocated by the  Administrator in accordance with the provisions of
         the Plan,  are to be credited to the various  accounts  maintained  for
         Participants.



                                      -80-

<PAGE>
1.3      PROSPECTUS TO BE PROVIDED.

         The Administrator  shall ensure that a Participant who makes a required
         or voluntary contribution has previously received or receives a copy of
         the  then  current  prospectus  relating  to  the  Investment  Options.
         Delivery of such a required or voluntary contribution,  pursuant to the
         provisions  of the  Plan by the  Administrator  to the  Trustee,  shall
         entitle the Trustee to assume that the  Participant has received such a
         prospectus.

                                   ARTICLE II.

RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

         The Trustee  shall accept and hold in the trust  contributions  made by
         the Employer and Participants  under the Plan. The Administrator  shall
         give  written  instructions  to the  Trustee  specifying  the  specific
         Participants'  accounts to which contributions are to be credited,  the
         amount  of  each  such  credit  which  is   attributable   to  Employer
         contributions  and the amount,  if any,  which is  attributable  to the
         Participants   required   or   voluntary   contributions.   If  written
         instructions are not received by the Trustee,  or if such  instructions
         are received  but are deemed by the Trustee to be unclear,  upon notice
         to the Employer,  the Trustee may elect to hold all or part of any such
         contribution in cash,  without  liability for rising security prices or
         distributions  made,  pending receipt by it from the  Administrator  of
         written  instructions or other  clarification.  If any contributions or
         earnings are less than any minimum  which the then  current  prospectus
         for the Investment Options require,  the Trustee may hold the specified
         portion of contribution or earnings in cash,  without  interest,  until
         such time as the proper amount has been  contributed  or earned so that
         the investment in the Investment Options required under the Plan may be
         made.

                                  ARTICLE III.

INVESTMENT POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

3.1      INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS.

         The Trustee shall invest the amount of each contribution made hereunder
         and  all  earnings  thereon  in  full  and  fractional  shares  of  the
         Investment  Options in accordance with the current  prospectus for such
         Investment  Option,  in such amounts and proportions as shall from time
         to time be designated by the  Administrator,  or the Participant if the
         Plan so permits, on forms provided by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or
         a subsidiary  thereof,  and shall credit such Investment Options to the
         accounts  of  each   Participant   on  whose  behalf  or  by  whom  the
         contributions are made and any forfeitures are allocated. All dividends
         and capital gain distributions  received on the Investment Options held
         by the  Trustee  in each  account,  shall,  if  received  in  cash,  be
         reinvested in such  Investment  Options in accordance  with the current
         prospectus  for  such  Investment  Option  and  shall  in any  event be
         credited to such  account.  The Trustee shall  deliver,  or cause to be
         executed and


                                      -81-

<PAGE>
         delivered,  to the Administrator all notices,  prospectuses,  financial
         statements,  proxies  and proxy  soliciting  materials  relating to the
         Investment  Options held  hereunder.  The Trustee shall not vote any of
         the  shares  of  the  Investment  Options  held  hereunder,  except  in
         accordance with the written  instructions of the  Administrator.  If no
         such written instructions are received, such shares shall not be voted.
         The  obligations  of the Trustee  hereunder  may be  delegated by it as
         provided in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 hereof.

         The Trustee  shall sell shares and  purchase  shares in the  Investment
         Options to accomplish any change in investments desired by the Employer
         as  indicated on any amended Plan or other  instruction  in  accordance
         with the terms of the Plan.

3.2      DIRECTED INVESTMENTS.

         With respect to any  directions  received by the Trustee with regard to
         the investment of Employer and Participant  contributions,  designating
         the investments to be made in the Investment  Options by  Participants,
         the  Trustee is  authorized  and  empowered  to make and deal with such
         investments  as provided in such direction and shall have in connection
         with such investments all powers herein provided.

3.3      GENERAL INVESTMENT POWERS.

         To the extent that the Trustee is not given appropriate directions with
         respect to  investments,  then,  the Trustee  shall be  authorized  and
         empowered  to  invest  and  reinvest  all  of the  funds  in any of the
         Investment  Options  which,  in  the  opinion  of the  Trustee,  offers
         reasonable possibilities for preservation of capital.

3.4      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE.

         The Trustee is authorized and empowered with respect to the Trust:

         (a)      subject  to the  requirement  of  investment  in shares of the
                  Investment Options,  the Trustee may sell,  exchange,  convey,
                  transfer or otherwise  dispose of, either at public or private
                  sale,   any   property,   any  time  held  by  it,   for  such
                  consideration and on such terms and conditions as to credit or
                  otherwise as the Trustee may deem best;

         (b)      subject to the  provisions  of  Section  3.1 hereof to vote in
                  person or by proxy any shares of the  Investment  Options held
                  by it and to join in, or to dissent from,  and to oppose,  the
                  reorganization,  consolidation, liquidation, sale or merger of
                  corporation  or  properties  in which it may be  interested as
                  Trustee, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem wise;




                                      -82-

<PAGE>
         (c)      to  make,  execute,   acknowledge  and  deliver  any  and  all
                  documents  of transfer  and  conveyance  and any and all other
                  instruments  that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out
                  the powers herein granted;

         (d)      to register any investment  held in the Trust in its own name,
                  in the name of the Trust or in the name of a  nominee,  and to
                  hold any  investment in bearer form, but the books and records
                  of  the  Trustee  shall  at  all  times  show  that  all  such
                  investments are part of the Trust;

         (e)      to employ suitable agents and counsel (who may also be counsel
                  for the  Employer)  and to pay their  reasonable  expenses and
                  Compensation;

         (f)      to borrow or raise  monies  for the  purpose of the Trust from
                  any  source  and  for  any  sum  so  borrowed,  to  issue  its
                  promissory  note  as  Trustee,  and to  secure  the  repayment
                  thereof by pledging all or any part of the Trust,  but nothing
                  herein  contained  shall obligate the Trustee to render itself
                  liable individually for the amount of any such borrowing;  and
                  no person  loaning  money to the Trustee shall be bound to see
                  to the  application  of money  loaned or to  inquire  into the
                  validity, expedience or propriety of any such borrowing; and

         (g)      if any dispute  shall arise as to the persons to whom payments
                  and the  delivery of any monies or  property  shall be made by
                  the Trustee or the amounts  thereof,  to retain such  payments
                  and/or  postpone such delivery  until actual  adjudication  of
                  such  dispute  shall  have been  made in a court of  competent
                  jurisdiction or until the Trustee shall be indemnified against
                  loss to his satisfaction.

         Each and all of the  foregoing  powers may be exercised  without  court
         order or  approval.  No one  dealing  with  the  Trustee  need  inquire
         concerning  the validity or propriety of anything  that is done or need
         see to the application of any money paid or property  transferred to or
         upon the order of the Trustee.

3.5      GENERAL POWERS.

         The Trustee  shall have all of the powers  necessary or desirable to do
         all acts,  take all such  proceedings  and exercise all such rights and
         privileges,  whether or not expressly  authorized herein,  which it may
         deem necessary or proper for the  administration  and protection of the
         property of the Trust and to accomplish any action  provided for in the
         Plan.

3.6      EMPLOYER SECURITIES.

         If  provided  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  Administrator  and/or
         Participants  in the Plan may direct  that all or a portion of the Fund
         be invested in  Qualifying  Employer  Securities  within the meaning of
         section 407(d)(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act


                                      -83-

<PAGE>
         of  1974,  as  amended,  and  the  Trustees  shall  follow  the  proper
         directions  of  the  Administrator   and/or  Participants  as  to  such
         investment.

         The Trustee shall be fully  entitled to rely upon the directions of the
         Administrator  and/or  Participants  as  to  investment  in  Qualifying
         Employer  Securities and the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless
         the  Trustee  against  any and all  claims,  liabilities  and  expenses
         arising out of or related to such  directions and the  acquisition  and
         retention of Qualifying Employer Securities pursuant thereto.

         As a condition of acquiring or retaining Qualifying Employer Securities
         pursuant  to this  Section  3.6,  the Trustee  may, in its  discretion,
         require assurances  satisfactory to it that the acquisition and holding
         of such Qualifying Employer  Securities will not constitute  prohibited
         transactions  under section 406 of ERISA,  or under section 4975 of the
         Code.


         The Trustee shall have no  responsibility to exercise voting rights, or
         rights in the  event of a tender  offer,  with  respect  to  Qualifying
         Employer  Securities  held by it. All such rights shall be exercised by
         the  Administrator,  as a "named  fiduciary"  of the  Plan  or,  if the
         Adoption Agreement so provides, by Plan Participants. The Trustee shall
         deliver,  or cause to be executed and  delivered to the  Administrator,
         all   notices,   prospectuses,   financial   statements,   proxies  and
         proxy-soliciting  materials relating to Qualifying  Employer Securities
         held by it.

                                   ARTICLE IV.

DISTRIBUTIONS FROM A PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT

         Distributions from the Trust shall be made by the Trustee in accordance
         with proper written  directions of the Administrator in accordance with
         the  provisions  of  Articles  VII  and  VIII  of  the  Plan,  and  the
         Administrator  shall have the sole  responsibility for determining that
         the  directions  given conform to provisions of the Plan and applicable
         law, including (without limitation)  responsibility for calculating the
         vested  interests  of the  Participants,  for  calculating  the amounts
         payable to a Participant  pursuant to Article VII of the Plan,  and for
         determining  the proper  person to whom  benefits are payable under the
         Plan.

                                   ARTICLE V.

REPORTS OF THE TRUSTEE AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

         The Trustee shall keep  accurate and detailed  records of all receipts,
         investments,  disbursements  and  other  transactions  required  to  be
         performed  hereunder  with respect to the Trust.  Not later than ninety
         (90) days  after  the  close of each Plan Year (or after the  Trustee's
         resignation  or removal  pursuant  to Article XI  hereof),  the Trustee
         shall file with


                                      -84-

<PAGE>
         the  Administrator  a written report  reports  reflecting the receipts,
         disbursements and other transactions effected by it with respect to the
         Trust during such Plan Year (or period ending with such  resignation or
         removal)  and the assets and  liabilities  of the Trust at the close of
         such Plan Year.  Such report or reports  shall be open to inspection by
         any  Participant  for  a  period  of  one  hundred  eighty  (180)  days
         immediately   following  the  date  on  which  it  is  filed  with  the
         Administrator.  Except  as  otherwise  prescribed  by  ERISA,  upon the
         expiration  of such one hundred  eighty  (180) day period,  the Trustee
         shall  be  forever  released  and  discharged  from all  liability  and
         accountability  to  anyone  with  respect  to its  acts,  transactions,
         duties,  obligations  or  responsibilities  as shown in or reflected by
         such report, except with respect to any such acts or transactions as to
         which the  Administrator  shall have filed written  objections with the
         Trustee within such one hundred eighty (180) day period, and except for
         willful misconduct or lack of good faith on the part of the Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE VI.

TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE TRUST

         The Trustee's fees for performing  its duties  hereunder  shall be such
         reasonable amounts as shall be established by it from time to time. The
         Trustee will  furnish the  Administrator  with its current  schedule of
         fees and shall give written  notice to the  Administrator  whenever its
         fees  are  changed  or  revised.  Such  fees,  any  taxes  of any  kind
         whatsoever  which may be levied or  assessed  upon or in respect of the
         Trust,  and  any  and  all  expenses  incurred  by the  Trustee  in the
         performance of its duties,  including fees for legal services  rendered
         to the Trustee,  shall,  unless paid by the Employer,  be paid from the
         Trust in the manner provided for in the Plan.

         All fees of the  Trustee  and  taxes and other  expenses  charged  to a
         Participant's  account will be collected by the Trustee from the amount
         of any  contribution  to be credited or  distribution  to be charged to
         such account or, if there are no such  contributions or  distributions,
         shall be paid by redeeming or selling assets credited to such accounts.


                                  ARTICLE VII.

DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

7.1      INFORMATION AND DATA TO BE FURNISHED THE TRUSTEE.

         In  addition  to making  the  contributions  called  for in  Article II
         hereof, the Employer, through the Administrator,  agrees to furnish the
         Trustee  with  such  information  and data  relative  to the Plan as is
         necessary  for  the  proper  administration  of the  Trust  established
         hereunder.



                                      -85-

<PAGE>
7.2      LIMITATION OF DUTIES.

         Neither the Employer nor any of its officers, directors or partners nor
         the Administrator  shall have any duties or obligations with respect to
         this Trust  Agreement,  except those  expressly set forth herein and in
         the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.

LIABILITY OF THE TRUST

         (a)      The  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  in any  way  for the
                  collection of  contributions  provided for under the Plan, the
                  adequacy  of the  assets  of  the  Plan  to  meet  the  Plan's
                  obligation, the propriety of any contribution,  the purpose or
                  the propriety of any distribution made pursuant to Article VII
                  thereof or of any allocation of  contributions or forfeitures,
                  or  any  other  action  or  nonaction  taken  pursuant  to the
                  Administrator's  request. The Trustee shall not be responsible
                  for the administration of the Plan, its validity or effect, or
                  the  qualification  of the Plan  under the Code.  The  Trustee
                  shall be under no duty to take any action other than as herein
                  specified  with respect to the Trust unless the  Administrator
                  shall furnish the Trustee with instructions in proper form and
                  such instructions  shall have been  specifically  agreed to by
                  the  Trustee  in  writing;  or to defend or engage in any suit
                  with respect to the Trust unless the Trustee  shall have first
                  agreed  in  writing  to  do  so  and  shall  have  been  fully
                  indemnified to the  satisfaction of the Trustee.  The Trustee,
                  unless it knows that the  instruction  constitutes a breach of
                  the Administrator's duties or responsibilities under the Plan,
                  may  conclusively  rely upon and shall be  protected in acting
                  upon any  written  order from the  Administrator  or any other
                  notice, request,  consent,  certificate or other instrument or
                  paper  believed by it to be genuine and to have been  properly
                  executed  and, so long as it acts in good faith,  in taking or
                  omitting to take any other action.

         (b)      The Employer shall  indemnify and save the Trustee  (including
                  its affiliates,  representatives and agents) harmless from and
                  against any liability,  cost or other expense,  including, but
                  not  limited  to,  the  payment  of  attorneys'  fees that the
                  Trustee may incur in  connection  with this  Agreement  or the
                  Plan unless such  liability,  cost or other expenses  (whether
                  direct or  indirect)  arises  from the  Trustee's  own willful
                  misconduct or gross negligence. The Employer recognizes that a
                  burden of  litigation  may be  imposed  upon the  Trustee as a
                  result  of  some  act  or  transaction  for  which  it  has no
                  responsibility  or over  which it has no  control  under  this
                  Agreement.  Therefore,  the Employer  agrees to indemnify  and
                  hold harmless and, if requested, defend the Trustee (including
                  its affiliates,  representatives and agents) from any expenses
                  (including  counsel  fees,   liabilities,   claims,   damages,
                  actions,  suits or other  charges)  incurred by the Trustee in
                  prosecuting or defending against any such litigation.



                                      -86-

<PAGE>
         (c)      The Trustee  shall not be liable for,  and the  Employer  will
                  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Trustee   (including  its
                  affiliates,  representatives  and agents) from and against all
                  liability or expense  (including  counsel fees) because of (i)
                  any  investment  action  taken or  omitted  by the  Trustee in
                  accordance  with any direction of the Employer or Participant,
                  or investment  inaction in the absence of directions  from the
                  Employer or a Participant or (ii) any investment  action taken
                  by the  Trustee  pursuant  to an  order  to  purchase  or sell
                  securities  placed by the Employer or a  Participant  directly
                  with  a  broker,  dealer  or  issuer.  It is  understood  that
                  although,  when the Trustee is subject to the direction of the
                  Employer or a  Participant,  the Trustee will perform  certain
                  ministerial  duties  with  respect to the opinion of the Trust
                  subject to such direction (the "Directed  Fund").  Such duties
                  do not involve the exercise of any discretionary  authority or
                  other  authority to manage and control  assets of the Directed
                  Fund and will be performed in the normal course of business by
                  officers  and  Employees  of the  Trustee  or its  affiliates,
                  representatives   or  agents  who  may  be   unfamiliar   with
                  investment  management.  It is agreed  that the Trustee is not
                  undertaking  any duty or  obligation,  express or implied,  to
                  review,  and will not be  deemed to have any  knowledge  of or
                  responsibility with respect to, any transaction  involving the
                  investment of the Directed Fund as a result of the performance
                  of  its  ministerial  duties.  Therefore,  in the  event  that
                  "knowledge" of the Trustee shall be a prerequisite of imposing
                  a duty upon or determining  liability of the Trustee under the
                  Plan or this  Trust or any law or  regulation  regulating  the
                  conduct of the Trustee,  with respect to the Directed Fund, as
                  a  result  of any  act or  omission  of  the  Employer  of any
                  Participant,  or as a result of any transaction  engaged in by
                  any of them,  then the receipt and  processing  of  investment
                  orders  or  other  documents  relating  to Plan  assets  by an
                  officer or other  Employee of the  Trustee or its  affiliates,
                  representatives or agents engaged in the performance of purely
                  ministerial functions shall not constitute  "knowledge" of the
                  Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE IX.

DELEGATION OF POWERS

9.1      DELEGATION BY THE TRUSTEE.

         The  Trustee   may   delegate,   by   instrument   in  writing,   to  a
         person(individual,  corporate  or other  entity)  appointed as agent or
         custodian  by  it,  any of  the  powers  or  functions  of the  Trustee
         hereunder   other   than   the   investment   of  the   Trust   assets,
         including(without limitation):

         (a)      custodianship of all or any part of the assets of the Trust;

         (b)      maintaining and accounting for the Trust and for  Participants
                  and other accounts as a part thereof;


                                      -87-

<PAGE>
         (c)      distribution of benefits as directed by the Administrator; and

         (d)      preparation of the annual report on the status of the Trust.

         The agent or custodian  so appointed  may act as agent for the Trustee,
         without investment responsibility,  for fees to be mutually agreed upon
         by the Employer and the agent or custodian  and paid in the same manner
         as Trustees'  fees. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or
         omission of the agent or custodian  arising  from any such  delegation,
         except to the extent provided in Article VIII hereof.

         If the Plan has more than one (1) Trustee, then fiduciary duties may be
         allocated among such Trustees.

9.2      DELEGATION WITH EMPLOYER APPROVAL.

         The Trustee and the Employer may, by mutual agreement,  arrange for the
         delegation  by the  Trustee  to the  Administrator  or any agent of the
         Employer of any powers or functions of the Trustee hereunder other than
         the investment  and custody of the Trust assets.  The Trustee shall not
         be  responsible  for any act or  omission  of such  person  or  persons
         arising  from any such  delegation,  except to the extent  provided  in
         Article VIII hereof.

                                   ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENT

         As provided in Article XIII of the Plan, and subject to the limitations
         set forth therein,  the Plan and Trust  Agreement may be amended at any
         time, in whole or in part, by the Employer. No amendment to the Plan or
         Trust  Agreement  shall place any greater burden on the Trustee without
         the Trustee's written consent.

                                   ARTICLE XI.

RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

         The Trustee  may resign at any time upon  thirty  (30) days'  notice in
         writing to the Employer, and may be removed by the Employer at any time
         upon  thirty  (30) days'  notice in writing to the  Trustee.  Upon such
         resignation or removal,  the Employer shall appoint a successor Trustee
         or Trustees.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of written acceptance of such
         appointment  by the successor  Trustee,  the Trustee shall transfer and
         pay over to such  successor  the  assets of the  Trust and all  records
         pertaining thereto, provided that any successor Trustee shall agree not
         to dispose of any such  records  without  the  Trustee's  consent.  The
         successor  Trustee shall be entitled to rely on all  accounts,  records
         and other  documents  received  by it from the  Trustee,  and shall not
         incur any  liability  whatsoever  for such  reliance.  The  Trustee  is
         authorized, however, to reserve such sum of money or


                                      -88-

<PAGE>
         property  as it  may  deem  advisable  for  payment  of all  its  fees,
         Compensation,   costs  and  expenses,  or  for  payment  of  any  other
         liabilities constituting a charge on or against the assets of the Trust
         or on or against  the  Trustee,  with any  balance  or of such  reserve
         remaining  after the  payment  of all such items to be paid over to the
         successor  Trustee.  Upon the assignment,  transfer and payment over of
         the assets of the  Trust,  and  obtaining  a receipt  thereof  from the
         successor Trustee, the Trustee shall be released and discharged for any
         and all  claims,  demands,  duties and  obligations  arising out of the
         Trust and its management thereof,  excepting only claims based upon the
         Trustee's  willful  misconduct  or lack of good  faith.  The  successor
         Trustee  shall hold the assets paid over to it under  terms  similar to
         those of an agreement that qualifies  under section 401 of the Code. If
         within thirty (30) days after the Trustee's resignation or removal, the
         Employer has not appointed a successor  Trustee which has accepted such
         appointment, the Trustee shall, unless it elects to terminate the Trust
         pursuant to Article XII hereof, appoint such successor itself.

                                  ARTICLE XII.

TERMINATION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT

12.1     TERM OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

         This  Trust  Agreement  shall  continue  so long as the Plan is in full
         force and  effect.  If the Plan  ceases to be in full force and effect,
         this  Trust  Agreement  shall  thereupon   terminate  unless  expressly
         extended by the Employer.

12.2     TERMINATION BY THE TRUSTEE.

         The Trustee may elect to terminate  the Agreement if within thirty (30)
         days  after its  resignation  or  removal  pursuant  to  Article XI the
         Employer has not appointed a successor  Trustee which has accepted such
         appointment.   Termination  of  the  Agreement  shall  be  effected  by
         distributing  all assets thereof to the  Participants  or other persons
         entitled thereto pursuant to the direction of the  Administrator (or in
         the  absence  of such  direction,  as  determined  by the  Trustee)  as
         provided in Article VII of the Plan,  subject to the Trustee's right to
         reserve Trusts as provided in Article XI hereof. Upon the completion of
         such  distribution,  the  Trustee  shall be  relieved  from all further
         liability with respect to all amounts so paid, other than any liability
         arising out of the Trustee's willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

12.3     FAILURE OF INITIAL QUALIFICATION.

         Anything   herein  to  the   contrary   notwithstanding,   if  a  final
         determination letter is received from the Internal Revenue Service that
         the Plan as herein set forth or as amended prior to the receipt of such
         ruling does not qualify  under  sections  401 and 501 of the Code as to
         the Employer  for the first  taxable year for which it has been adopted
         by the Employer,


                                      -89-

<PAGE>
         the Employer, at its option, may withdraw all contributions theretofore
         made by it and any income earned thereon,  less all expenses  incurred,
         at the  then  current  value  thereof,  and the  Plan  shall  thereupon
         terminate and all rights of each  Participant or his Beneficiary in the
         contributions  made on his behalf by the Employer  shall cease and come
         to an end.  In the event of  termination  of the Plan  pursuant to this
         Article there shall also be forthwith paid to each Participant the then
         value, if any, of his salary reduction, Rollover/Transfer and Voluntary
         Employee Contributions Accounts. In the event of the receipt of such an
         adverse  determination  letter and the termination of the Plan as to an
         Employer,  no Participant or Beneficiary of a Participant  shall have a
         right or claim against the Trust or to any benefit under the Plan,  and
         no benefits shall be paid to any Participant  former Participant or his
         Beneficiary.

                                  ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1     NO DIVERSION OF ASSETS.

         At no time shall it be possible for any part of the assets of the Trust
         to be used for or  diverted to  purposes  other than for the  exclusive
         benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries  or  revert to the
         Employer,  except as  specifically  provided  in the Plan or this Trust
         Agreement.

13.2     NOTICES.

         Any notice from the Trustee to the Employer or from the Employer to the
         Trustee  provided  for in  this  Plan  and  Trust  Agreement  shall  be
         effective if sent by first class mail at their  respective last address
         of record.

13.3     MULTIPLE TRUSTEES.

         In the  event  that  there  shall be two (2) or more  Trustees  serving
         hereunder,  any action taken or decision  made by any such Trustees may
         be taken or made by a majority  of them with the same  effect as if all
         had joined  therein,  if there be more than two (2), or  unanimously if
         there be two (2).

13.4     CONFLICT WITH PLAN.

         In the event of any  conflict  between the  provisions  of the Plan and
         those of this Trust Agreement, the former shall prevail.




                                      -90-

<PAGE>
13.5     APPLICABLE LAW.

         This Trust  Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
         the state where the Trustee has its principal place of business.


                                      -91-

                                AMENDMENT NO.3 TO
            THE 1991 INCENTIVE AND NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN OF
                         WHEELING-PITTSBURGH CORPORATION
                         (as adopted by WHX Corporation)

         1. The 1991 Incentive and  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan (the "Plan")
is hereby amended,  subject to stockholder approval of this Agreement within one
(1) year of the date hereof, as follows:

         Section  4 of the Plan is hereby  amended  in its  entirety  to read as
follows:

         "4.      STOCK RESERVED FOR THE PLAN.
         Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 hereof, a total of three
         and one-half million (3,500,000) shares of common stock, $.01 par value
         ("Stock"),  of the Company shall be subject to the Plan.  The shares of
         Stock  subject  to  the  Plan  shall  consist  of  unissued  shares  or
         previously  issued  shares  reacquired  and held by the  Company or any
         Subsidiary of the Company,  and such amount of shares of Stock shall be
         and is hereby  reserved for such  purpose.  Any of such shares of Stock
         which  may  remain  unsold  and which are not  subject  to  outstanding
         Options at the  termination  of the Plan shall cease to be reserved for
         the purpose of the Plan, but until  termination of the Plan the Company
         shall at all times  reserve a  sufficient  number of shares of Stock to
         meet the  requirements  of the Plan.  Should  any  Option  expire or be
         cancelled  prior to its exercise in full or should the number of shares
         of Stock to be  delivered  upon the  exercise  in full of an  Option be
         reduced for any reason, the shares of Stock theretofore subject to such
         Option may again be subject to an Option under the Plan."

         2. Except as amended  hereby,  the Plan shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                                                      Dated as of April 23, 1998



                                 WHX CORPORATION
                        1997 DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     PURPOSE

                  The purpose of the WHX Corporation 1997 Directors Stock Option
Plan (the  "Plan") is to secure for WHX  Corporation  and its  stockholders  the
benefits arising from stock ownership by its directors.  The Plan will provide a
means whereby such directors may purchase  shares of the common stock,  $.01 par
value,  of WHX  Corporation  pursuant to options  granted in accordance with the
Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  The  following  capitalized  terms used in the Plan shall have
the respective meanings set forth in this Article:

                  2.1  "Board"   shall  mean  the  Board  of  Directors  of  WHX
Corporation.

                  2.2 "Chairman"  shall mean the duly appointed  Chairman of any
standing Committee of the Board.

                  2.3 "Committee" shall mean a duly appointed standing committee
of the Board.

                  2.4      "Company" shall mean WHX Corporation.

                  2.5  "Director"  shall  mean any person who is a member of the
Board of Directors of the Company.

                  2.6 "Eligible  Person" shall be any Director who is not a full
or part-time Employee of the Company, except the Chairman of the Board shall not
be an Eligible Person.

                  2.7  "Exercise  Price" shall mean the price per Share at which
an Option may be exercised.

                  2.8 "Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing sale price of a
Share as  reported  on the New York  Stock  Exchange  Composite  Tape on the day
preceding the Grant Date or on the preceding  such date if no Shares were traded
on such  Grant  Date.  If the  Shares  are not  reported  on the New York  Stock
Exchange or


<PAGE>
on another national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be
the   average  of  the  high  bid  and  asked   prices  of  the  Shares  on  the
over-the-counter  market on the Grant Date, or the next  preceding date on which
the last prices were recorded.

                  2.9  "Grant  Date"  shall mean the  Initial  Grant Date or any
other date that an Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan as appropriate.

                  2.10  "Initial  Grant  Date"  shall  mean the date of the 1997
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

                  2.11 "Option" shall mean an Option to purchase  Shares granted
pursuant to the Plan.

                  2.12  "Option  Agreement"  shall  mean the  written  agreement
described in Article VI herein.

                  2.13  "Permanent  Disability"  shall mean the  condition of an
Eligible  Person who is unable to participate as a member of the Board by reason
of any medically  determined physical or mental impairment which can be expected
to result in death or which can be expected to last for a  continuous  period of
not less than twelve (12) months.

                  2.14 "Purchase  Price" shall be the Exercise Price  multiplied
by the number of whole Shares with respect to which an Option may be exercised.

                  2.15 "Shares" shall mean shares of common stock $.01 par value
of the Company.

                  2.16  "Subsequent  Grant  Date"  shall  mean  the date of each
annual meeting of the  stockholders  of the Company  following the Initial Grant
Date,  provided that the Eligible  Person served as a Director during the period
between the Initial Grant Date and Subsequent Grant Date and between  Subsequent
Grant Dates, as the case may be.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                 ADMINISTRATION

                  3.1 GENERAL.  This Plan shall be  administered by the Board in
accordance with the express provisions of this Plan.

                  3.2  POWERS  OF THE  BOARD.  The  Board  shall  have  full and
complete  authority  to adopt  such rules and  regulations  and to make all such
other  determinations not inconsistent with the Plan as may be necessary for the
administration of the Plan.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                             SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

                  Subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance  with  Article  IX  an
aggregate of 400,000  Shares is reserved for  issuance  under this Plan.  Shares
sold under this Plan may be either authorized, but unissued Shares or reacquired
Shares. If an Option, or any portion thereof,  shall expire or terminate for any
reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased  Shares covered by
such Option shall be available for future grants of Options.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                     GRANTS

                  5.1 INITIAL  GRANTS.  On the Initial Grant Date, each Eligible
Person shall receive the grant of an Option to purchase 25,000 Shares.

                  5.2 SUBSEQUENT  GRANTS TO DIRECTORS.  On each Subsequent Grant
Date,  each  Eligible  Person  shall  receive the grant of an Option to purchase
5,000 Shares, provided that the grant of Options hereunder to an Eligible Person
who is a Director shall not exceed 40,000 Shares.

                  5.3  COMPLIANCE  WITH RULE  16B-3.  The terms for the grant of
Options to an Eligible  Person may only be changed if permitted under Rule 16b-3
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and accordingly the formula
for the grant of Options may not be changed or otherwise modified more than once
in any six month period.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 TERMS OF OPTION

                  Each Option shall be evidenced by a written  Option  Agreement
executed by the Company and the Eligible  Person  which shall  specify the Grant
Date, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price which shall
be the Fair  Market  Value on the day  preceding  the Grant  Date and shall also
include or  incorporate  by  reference  the  substance  of all of the  following
provisions and such other provisions  consistent with this Plan as the Board may
determine.

                  6.1 TERM.  The term of the Option shall be ten (10) years from
the Grant Date of each Option, subject to earlier termination in accordance with
Articles VI and X.

                  6.2  RESTRICTION ON EXERCISE.  Options shall be exercisable at
such time or times and subject to such terms and

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
conditions as shall be determined by the Board at grant, provided, however, that
except in the case of the  Eligible  Person's  death,  Permanent  Disability  or
removal as a Director  without cause, or failure to stand for  reelection,  upon
which  events the Option will become  immediately  exercisable,  unless a longer
vesting period is otherwise  determined by the Board at grant;  Options shall be
exercisable  as follows:  up to one-third of the  aggregate  Shares  purchasable
under an Option shall be  exercisable  commencing one year after the Grant Date,
an  additional  one-third  of the Shares  purchasable  under an Option  shall be
exercisable commencing two years after the Grant Date and the balance commencing
on the  third  anniversary  from the  Grant  Date.  The  Board  may  waive  such
installment  exercise  provision  at any  time  in  whole  or in part  based  on
performance  and/or such other  factors as the Board may  determine  in its sole
discretion,  provided,  however,  that no Option shall be exercisable until more
than six months have elapsed from the Grant Date.

                  6.3 EXERCISE PRICE.  The Exercise Price for each Share subject
to an  Option  shall be the Fair  Market  Value of the  Share as  determined  in
Section 2.8 herein.

                  6.4  MANNER OF  EXERCISE.  An  Option  shall be  exercised  in
accordance  with its terms,  by delivery of a written  notice of exercise to the
Company and payment of the full purchase price of the Shares being purchased. An
Eligible  Person may  exercise an Option with respect to all or less than all of
the Shares for which the Option may then be  exercised,  but an Eligible  Person
must exercise the Option in full Shares.

                  6.5 PAYMENT.  The Purchase Price of Shares purchased  pursuant
to an Option or portion thereof, may be paid:

                           (a) in United  States  Dollars,  in cash or by check,
bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

                           (b)  by  delivery  of  Shares  already  owned  by  an
Eligible  Person with an  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value on the date of exercise
equal to the Purchase  Price,  subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

                           (c)      through the written election of the Eligible
Person to have Shares  withheld by the Company  from the Shares  otherwise to be
received with such withheld  Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the
date of exercise equal to the Purchase Price.

                  6.6 TRANSFERABILITY. No Option shall be transferable otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution;  PROVIDED HOWEVER, that to
the extent the option agreement

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
provisions do not  disqualify  such option for exemption  under Rule 16b-3 under
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  Options may be  transferable
during an  Optionee's  lifetime  to  immediate  family  members of an  Optionee,
partnerships in which the only partners are members of the Optionee's  immediate
family,  and trusts  established solely for the benefit of such immediate family
members.  An Option shall be exercisable  during the Eligible  Person's lifetime
only by the Eligible Person,  his guardian,  legal  representative  or permitted
transferee.

                  6.7 TERMINATION OF SERVICE. If an Eligible Person's service as
a Director  terminates for any reason, an Option held on the date of termination
may be  exercised  in whole or in part at any time within one (1) year after the
date of such  termination (but in no event after the term of the Option expires)
and shall thereafter terminate.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                        GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

                  7.1 DELIVERY OF SHARES. The obligation of the Company to issue
or transfer and deliver  Shares for  exercised  Options  under the Plan shall be
subject to all applicable laws,  regulations,  rules, orders and approvals which
shall then be in effect.

                  7.2  HOLDING OF STOCK  AFTER  EXERCISE  OF OPTION.  The Option
Agreement  shall  provide that the Eligible  Person,  by accepting  such Option,
represents  and agrees,  for the Eligible  Person and his permitted  transferees
hereunder that none of the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option shall be
acquired  with a view to any sale,  transfer  or  distribution  of the Shares in
violation of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") and the person
exercising an Option shall furnish evidence satisfactory to that Company to that
effect,  including  an  indemnification  of  the  Company  in the  event  of any
violation of the Act by such person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
in its sole  discretion  may  register  under the Act the Shares  issuable  upon
exercise of the Options under the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                WITHHOLDING TAX

                  The Company may in its discretion,  require an Eligible Person
to pay to the  Company,  at the time of exercise of an Option an amount that the
Company deems necessary to satisfy its obligations to withhold federal, state or
local  income or other taxes  (which for  purposes of this  Article  includes an
Eligible Person's FICA obligation) incurred by reason of such exercise. When the
exercise of an Option does not give rise to the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>
obligation to withhold federal income taxes on the date of exercise, the Company
may, in its  discretion,  require an Eligible  Person to place Shares  purchased
under the Option in escrow for the  benefit  of the  Company  until such time as
federal income tax  withholding is required on amounts  included in the Eligible
Person's  gross income as a result of the  exercise of an Option.  At such time,
the Company,  in its  discretion,  may require an Eligible  Person to pay to the
Company an amount that the Company deems  necessary to satisfy its obligation to
withhold federal, state or local taxes incurred by reason of the exercise of the
Option,  in which case the Shares will be released from escrow upon such payment
by an Eligible Person.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   ADJUSTMENTS

                  9.1 PROPORTIONATE  ADJUSTMENTS.  If the outstanding Shares are
increased,  decreased, changed into or exchanged into a different number or kind
of Shares or securities of the Company through reorganization, recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock  dividend,  stock split,  reverse  stock split or other
similar transaction,  an appropriate and proportionate  adjustment shall be made
to the  maximum  number  and kind of Shares as to which  Options  may be granted
under this  Plan.  A  corresponding  adjustment  changing  the number or kind of
Shares allocated to unexercised  Options or portions  thereof,  which shall have
been  granted  prior to any  such  change,  shall  likewise  be  made.  Any such
adjustment  in the  outstanding  Options  shall be made  without  change  in the
Purchase  Price  applicable  to the  unexercised  portion of the  Option  with a
corresponding  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Price of the Shares  covered by the
Option.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  there shall be no adjustment  for the
issuance  of Shares on  conversion  of notes,  preferred  stock or  exercise  of
warrants or Shares issued by the Board for such consideration as the Board deems
appropriate.

                  9.2  DISSOLUTION  OR  LIQUIDATION.  Upon  the  dissolution  or
liquidation of the Company, or upon a reorganization, merger or consolidation of
the Company  with one or more  corporations  as a result of which the Company is
not  the  surviving  corporation,  or upon a sale  of  substantially  all of the
property  or more  than 80% of the then  outstanding  Shares of the  Company  to
another corporation,  the Company shall give to each Eligible Person at the time
of adoption of the plan for liquidation,  dissolution, merger or sale either (1)
a reasonable  time  thereafter  within which to exercise the Option prior to the
effective date of such  liquidation or  dissolution,  merger or sale, or (2) the
right to exercise  the Option as to an  equivalent  number of Shares of stock of
the corporation succeeding the Company or acquiring its

                                       -6-

<PAGE>
business by reason of such liquidation,  dissolution,  merger,  consolidation or
reorganization.

                                    ARTICLE X

                        AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

                  10.1 AMENDMENTS. The Board may at any time amend or revise the
terms  of the  Plan,  provided  no such  amendment  or  revision  shall,  unless
appropriate stockholder approval of such amendment or revision is obtained:

                           (a) increase  the maximum  number of Shares which may
be sold pursuant to Options  granted under the Plan,  except as permitted  under
the provisions of Article IX;

                           (b) change the  minimum  Exercise  Price set forth in
Article VI;

                           (c) increase the maximum term of Options provided for
in Article VI; or

                           (d) permit the  granting  of Options to any one other
than as provided in Article V.

                  10.2  TERMINATION.  The  Board  at any  time  may  suspend  or
terminate this Plan. This Plan, unless sooner terminated, shall terminate on the
tenth (10th)  anniversary of its adoption by the Board. No Option may be granted
under this Plan while this Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

                  10.3  HOLDER  OF  CONSENT.   No   amendment,   suspension   or
termination  of the Plan  shall,  without  the consent of the holder of Options,
alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option  theretofore  granted
under the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  11.1 PRIVILEGE OF STOCK OWNERSHIP. No Eligible Person entitled
to exercise  any Option  granted  under the Plan shall have any of the rights or
privileges of a stockholder  of the Company with respect to any Shares  issuable
upon exercise of an Option until certificates representing the Shares shall have
been issued and delivered.

                  11.2   PLAN   EXPENSES.   Any   expenses   incurred   in   the
administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>
                  11.3  USE OF  PROCEEDS.  Payments  received  from an  Eligible
Person upon the exercise of Options shall be used for general corporate purposes
of the Company.

                  11.4  GOVERNING  LAW. The Plan has been adopted under the laws
of the  State of  Delaware.  The  Plan  and all  Options  which  may be  granted
hereunder and all matters  related  thereto,  shall be governed by and construed
and  enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as it then
exists.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                              STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

                  This Plan is subject to approval, at a duly held stockholders'
meeting  within twelve (12) months after the date the Board  approves this Plan,
by the  affirmative  vote of holders of a majority  of the voting  Shares of the
Company  represented  in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.
Options may be granted, but not exercised,  before such stockholder approval. If
the shareholders  fail to approve the Plan within the required time period,  any
Options  granted under this Plan shall be void,  and no  additional  Options may
thereafter be granted.

                                       -8-

                     Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                                 505 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10022
                                 (212) 753-7200


                                                              September 23, 1998



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Judiciary Plaza
Washington, D.C.  20549


                           Re:      WHX Corporation
                                    REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8


Gentlemen:

                  Reference  is made to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-8
dated the date hereof (the "Registration Statement"),  filed with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  by  WHX  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company").  The  Registration  Statement  relates to an  aggregate of 1,500,000
shares (the  "Shares")  of common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock").  The Shares will be issued and sold by the Company in  accordance  with
Handy & Harman's  401(K)  Retirement  Plan, the Company's  1997 Directors  Stock
Option Plan and the Company's 1991 Incentive and Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan
(the "Plans").

                  We  advise  you  that we have  examined  originals  or  copies
certified or otherwise  identified to our  satisfaction  of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and By-laws of the  Company,  minutes of meetings of the Board of
Directors and  stockholders of the Company,  the Plans, the documents to be sent
or given to  participants  in the  Plans  (the  "Prospectuses")  and such  other
documents,  instruments and certificates of officers and  representatives of the
Company and public  officials,  and we have made such examination of the law, as
we have deemed appropriate as the basis for the opinion  hereinafter  expressed.
In making such  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures,
the  authenticity  of  all  documents  submitted  to us as  originals,  and  the
conformity  to original  documents of documents  submitted to us as certified or
photostatic copies.



<PAGE>
                  Based  upon  the  foregoing,  we are of the  opinion  that the
Shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms and conditions set
forth in the  Prospectuses,  will be duly and  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
non-assessable.

                  We  are  members  of  the  bar  of  the  State  of  New  York.
Accordingly,  this opinion is limited to the federal laws of the United  States,
the laws of the State of New York and the General  Corporation  Law of the State
of Delaware.

         We advise  you that  Marvin L.  Olshan,  a member  of this  firm,  is a
Director  and  Secretary  of the Company and owns 1,000  shares,  and options to
purchase 70,000 shares, of Common Stock of the Company.  Steven Wolosky,  also a
member of this firm, is Assistant  Secretary of the Company and holds,  directly
or indirectly, options to purchase 23,500 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

                  We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the  Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to this  firm  under the
caption  "Legal   Matters"  in  the  prospectus   constituting  a  part  of  the
Registration Statement.


                                      Very truly yours,


                                      /S/ OLSHAN GRUNDMAN FROME & ROSENZWEIG LLP
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      OLSHAN GRUNDMAN FROME & ROSENZWEIG LLP



                                  EXHIBIT 23(a)

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in this  Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of our report dated  February 10, 1998,  except as to Note
R, which is as of March 1, 1998, and our report dated  February 12, 1998,  which
appear on pages 25 and 52,  respectively,  of WHX Corporation's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.




/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
- ------------------------------
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, PA
September 23, 1998




                                  EXHIBIT 23(b)

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
WHX Corporation:

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the  Registration  Statement on
Form S-8 of WHX Corporation of our report relating to the  consolidated  balance
sheets of Handy & Harman and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and
the related  consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'  equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period ended  December 31, 1997,
dated  February  9,  1998,  except as to Note 11,  which is as of March 1, 1998,
which  report  appears in the  December  31, 1997 annual  report on Form 10-K of
Handy & Harman.




/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- -------------------------
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
New York, New York
September 24, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission